Jaguar Xk8 Users Manual X100 9875/E COVER

XK8 to the manual 8d6882bf-1a19-4849-a4bb-9f851e018483

2015-02-09

: Jaguar Jaguar-Xk8-Users-Manual-566675 jaguar-xk8-users-manual-566675 jaguar pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 129 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

1998 Range Electrical Guide
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number – JTP 615
1
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998 Introduction
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informa-
tion for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XK8 electrical /
electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e.
Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+ Battery Voltage
CAN Controller Area Network
COUPE Coupe Vehicles
CONV. Convertible Vehicles
DI Direction Indicator
LH Left-Hand
LHD Left-Hand Drive
NAS North American Specification
RH Right-Hand
RHD Right-Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
Refer to the vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XK8 Electrical System Architecture
The XK8 system “architecture” is new to Jaguar vehicles and features vehicle multiplexing. Multiplexing allows for greatly
simplified wiring harnesses, while at the same time allowing flexibility in programming market variants. Two data net-
works are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a stan-
dard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the
CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages
for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix
by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XK8 uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics and for
the programming of certain control modules.
The XK8 uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous vehicles.
2DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998Table of Contents
Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 9
User Instructions........................................................................................................ 10 – 15
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 16
Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location............................. 17
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 18
Control Module Identification and Location................................................................. 19
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location.......................................... 20 – 22
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 23
NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.
3
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
XK8 Range 1998 Table of Contents
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes....... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and
EMS Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02 Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
03 Battery; Starter; Generator
03.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................ AJ26 N/A Vehicles
03.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC..............................................AJ26 SC Vehicles
04 Engine Management
04.1 ...... AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1...................................AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles VIN 024687 ➞
04.2 ...... AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 .................................AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles VIN 024687 ➞
04.3 ...... AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2........................................... AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN 024687 ➞
04.4 ...... AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1...................................AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles
04.5 ...... AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2...................................AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles
05 Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission ..................................................AJ26 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock..........................................................................All Vehicles
06 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
07 Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ...................................................................All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ...................................................................All Vehicles
08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings
08.1 ...... Instrument Packs ...........................................................................All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings...........................................................................All Vehicles
09 Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front................................................................... All Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear....................................................................All Vehicles
09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
4DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
XK8 Range 1998Table of Contents
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
10 Interior Lighting
10.1......Interior Lighting..............................................................................All Vehicles
10.2......Dimmer-Controlled Lighting...........................................................All Vehicles
11 Steering; Mirrors; Suspension
11.1......Power Assisted Steering................................................................All Vehicles
11.2......Steering Column Movement..........................................................All Vehicles
11.3......Mirror Movement..........................................................................All Vehicles
11.4......Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors..............................All Vehicles
11.5......Suspension Adaptive Damping......................................................Adaptive Damping Vehicles
12 Seat Systems
12.1......Driver Seat: Memory......................................................................Memory Seat Vehicles
12.2......Driver Seat: Non Memory..............................................................Non Memory Seat Vehicles
12.3......Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement................................................3-Way Movement Vehicles
12.4......Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement................................................2-Way Movement Vehicles
13 Door Locking; Security
13.1......Central Door Locking.....................................................................All Vehicles
14 Wash / Wipe System
14.1......Wash / Wipe System.....................................................................All Vehicles
15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top
15.1......Window Lifts.................................................................................All Vehicles
15.2......Convertible Top..............................................................................Convertible Vehicles
16 In-Car Entertainment; Telephone
16.1......Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible....................................Convertible Vehicles
16.2......Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe...........................................Coupe Vehicles
16.3......Premium In-Car Entertainment.......................................................Premium ICE Vehicles
16.4......Radio Telephone............................................................................All Vehicles
17 Supplementary Restraint System
17.1......Airbag System...............................................................................All Vehicles
18 Ancillaries
18.1......Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors;
Garage Door Opener......................................................................All Vehicles
19 Vehicle Multiplex Systems
19.1......CAN (Network); SCP Network; Serial Data Links............................All Vehicles
5
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998 Component Index
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
ACCELEROMETERS ............................................................... Fig. 11.5
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.2
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE............................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE.............................. Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
AIR INTAKE – LH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
AIR INTAKE – RH..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ....................................... Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR ............................... Fig. 17.1
AIRBAGS ................................................................................. Fig. 17.1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR....................................... Fig. 07.1
ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.3
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .... Fig. 08.2
AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)...................... Fig. 11.2
BATTERY................................................................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – LHD............................................. Fig. 04.3
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – RHD ............................................ Fig. 04.3
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1
BRAKE SWITCH – LHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
BRAKE SWITCH – RHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig 04.1
CD AUTO-CHANGER............................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
CIGAR LIGHTERS.................................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR).................... Fig. 11.2
CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP ..................................................... Fig. 15.2
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH.................................................. Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 10.2
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH ................................................... Fig. 04.3
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL).............. Fig. 04.3
D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1
DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.5
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1
DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ..................... Fig. 10.2
DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2
DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
6DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998Component Index
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 13.1
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3
DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER....................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER............................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR........................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR........................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE ......................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1
FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ....................................... Fig. 18.1
FOOT WELL LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 10.1
FRONT FOG LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 09.1
FRONT LAMP UNITS .............................................................. Fig. 09.1
FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID ................................................... Fig. 13.1
FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.3
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1
FUEL PUMP ............................................................................ Fig. 04.3
FUEL TANK PRESURE SENSOR ............................................. Fig. 04.1
FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ........................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE ...................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE.............................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
FUSE BOX – TRUNK................................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE)......................... Fig. 18.1
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.2
GENERATOR........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE).................... Fig. 13.2
GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1
HANDSET................................................................................ Fig. 16.4
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.3
HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS.................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
HEATER VALVE....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP................................................ Fig. 09.2
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL).................................. Fig. 18.1
HORNS.................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
7
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998 Component Index
IGNITION COILS...................................................................... Fig. 04.3
IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.3
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)...................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
IMPACT SENSORS.................................................................. Fig. 17.1
INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.2
INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR............................................. Fig. 11.4
KEY FOB ANTENNAS.............................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ................... Fig. 05.2
KICKDOWN SWITCH – LHD.................................................... Fig. 05.1
KICKDOWN SWITCH – RHD ................................................... Fig. 05.1
KNOCK SENSORS................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
LAMP CONTROL MODULE .................................................... Fig. 09.2
LATCH CONTROL VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 15.2
LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ...... Fig. 09.3
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .......................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
MAIN CONTROL VALVE ......................................................... Fig. 15.2
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK.................................................. Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
MICROPHONE (TELEPHONE)................................................. Fig. 16.4
MID-BASS SPEAKERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
NEUTRAL SWITCH.................................................................. Fig. 03.1
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.2
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH......................................................... Fig. 08.1
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
POWER AMPLIFIER................................................................ Fig. 16.3
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE.............. Fig. 11.1
POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1
PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1
QUARTER LIGHT LIFTS........................................................... Fig. 15.2
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.4
RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
RADIO ILLUMINATION ........................................................... Fig. 10.2
READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ............. Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY).................................. Fig. 10.1
REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ............................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKERS.............................. Fig. 16.3
REAR SUB-WOOFERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH........................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
REGULATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
8DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998Component Index
SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – DRIVER...................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER.............................. Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.3
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER....................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER............................................... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR
(GEAR SELECTOR MODULE)........................................... Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
SIDE DI REPEATERS (ROW) ................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
SIDE MARKERS (NAS ONLY) .................................................. Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
SQUAB (HEATERS) – DRIVER ................................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SQUAWKERS (FASCIA)........................................................... Fig. 16.3
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 06.1
STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2
SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR............................................. Fig. 10.2
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY............................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT............................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR..................................... Fig. 10.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
TAIL LAMP UNITS................................................................... Fig. 09.2
TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.4
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.4
THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
TOP CLOSED SWITCH............................................................ Fig. 15.2
TOP DOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 15.2
TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH ............................................... Fig. 15.2
TOP RAISED SWITCH ............................................................. Fig. 15.2
TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 15.2
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE.................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICS .................................................. Fig. 05.1
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR).................... Fig. 08.1
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR........................................ Fig. 18.1
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH............................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
TRUNK LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID ................................................. Fig. 13.1
TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
TWEETERS.............................................................................. Fig. 16.3
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – LHD ............................. Fig. 11.1
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – RHD ............................ Fig. 11.1
9
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998 Component Index
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1
WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR).................... Fig. 14.1
WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER DOOR
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)....................................... Fig. 15.1
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER DOOR
(PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK)............................... Fig. 15.1
WINDOW LIFTS ...................................................................... Fig. 15.1
WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1
WIPER MOTOR....................................................................... Fig. 14.1
10 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998User Instructions
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distri-
bution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are fold-
ing pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit con-
nections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
11
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
E
60
DO
1 7 516
52 84
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
39
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
40
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A
Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A
Fig. 03.1
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
FC14-39
FC14-73
FC14-7
O
I
FC14-41
I
RW
FC14-80
NB
15
III
IGNITION
SWITCH
(III)
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WO
RW
WN
1
FC4-5
BK
FCS48
FC3BL
BK
BATTERY
250A x 2
BT68
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
N
N
N
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
250A
N
BT80
N
ST1
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD
CONNECTOR
01.1
01.1
FC89-3 FC89-1
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
RUBK
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
EM11-6
I
02.1
02.1
BK
BK
FCS47
FC3BR
RU
GO
EM1-15
GO
EMS28
GO
GO
WRNW
WK
75
37
II
WR
EM60-2
ST10
ST3
N
B
6
STARTER MOTOR
ST11
GENERATOR
AN2
B
REGULATOR
AN1
AN3-1
AN3-2
B
N
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
PI50-2
PI50-1
SW
31
II
WP
SW SW
PI1-11EM1-14
08.1
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PASK:
CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
WR
N
ST2
ENGINE
START
GO
O
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
FC22-16EM10-6
O
Y
EM10-17
Y
FC22-17
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
D D
D
Y
D
EM2-18
EM3-8
Y
FCS74
D
B+
STARTER RELAY
SU
FC22-9
GLASS BREAKAGE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
D
FC14-92
SU
D
EM50
3
1
5
2
POWER
LOGIC
EM10-15
G
05.1
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input
O Output
SG Signal Ground
D Serial and encoded communications
C CAN (Network)
S SCP Network
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
B+ Battery voltage
V Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / EYELET TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT67 / EYELET
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
ST11 / EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
NEUTRAL SWITCH FC89 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / GENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR ST2 / EYELET ENGINE BLOCK
ST3 / EYELET
ST10 / EYELET
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC/ RED REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT80 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC14-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
D FC14-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC14-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC14-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC14-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
D FC14-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
D EM10-6 OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM10-15 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
D EM10-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM11-6 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING) B+
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
D FC22-9 GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE
FIGURE PAGE
12 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998User Instructions
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
Ignition Switched Power Supply
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION)
and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different
figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this in-
stance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are
used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs
are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances
where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are
noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference
flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
Input Output Serial and Encoded Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Communications
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules.
The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also
employed on the corresponding data page.
X
X
II
X
E
X
I
XXX
I
XX
II
BPMXX.X
DI O SC
13
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998 User Instructions
Wiring Symbols Wiring Color Codes
N Brown O Orange
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow
When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first
letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s)
indicate the tracer color(s).
Wiring Harness Codes
Code Description
AC Air Conditioning (Climate Control)
AN Generator Suppression Module
AS Generator to Starter
BB Trunk Bridging Link
BC Main Power Distribution
BL Trunk Lid
BT Trunk
DD Door, Driver
DP Door, Passenger
EL Engine Management Cruise Control Link
EM Engine Management
EN Engine Management Side Marker Link
FC Fascia
FL LH Front Wheel
FR RH Front Wheel
IC In-Car Entertainment
IS Inclination Sensor Link
LF Left Forward
LL Power Steering Link
PI Engine
QL Convertible LH Quarter Light Link
QR Convertible RH Quarter Light Link
RF Roof
RH Rearward
RL LH Rear Wheel
RR RH Rear Wheel
RT Radio Telephone
SA Starter to Generator Link
SC Column Switchgear
SD Seat, Driver
SP Seat, Passenger
SW Steering Wheel
TL Telephone
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002,
etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes
AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.
XX1
XX1-X XX1-X
SPLICE
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
BULB
CAPACITOR
CONNECTOR
DIODE
DIODE (IN HARNESS)
EYELET AND STUD
FUSE
LOGIC GROUND
POWER GROUND
LED
LED
MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
RESISTOR
SOLENOID
SUPPRESSION DIODE
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
THERMISTOR
TRANSISTOR
WIRE CONTINUED
ZENER DIODE
14 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998User Instructions
Harness Component Numbers
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER
EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
FC7-24 FC7-24 (LHD)
FC7-15 (RHD)
RHS3 RHS3
BT29
BT29-1 BT29-2
AC20
3
1
5
2
4
AC20
8
6
10
7
9
Harness code Pin number
Connector number
Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER
EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components,
in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to
show wires from other circuits.
Harness code
Splice Splice number SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the re-
lay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector.
In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay
are identified by numbers 6 – 10. EXAMPLE:
15
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998 User Instructions
SLR
FC2S LF1AR BT1CSFC2S
EM2AR
(EM1AR) BT1AL
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R)
Eyelet stud position
There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud:
A – first (bottom), B – second (middle), C – third (top).
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, which is identi-
fied by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR
EXAMPLES:
Harness code
Ground stud number
Single leg eyelet
Harness code
Ground stud number
RH leg of eyelet
First eyelet on stud
Harness code
Ground stud number
Single leg eyelet
Third eyelet on stud
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground
designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
LHD Vehicles
RHD Vehicles Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles
16 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998Connectors
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Multilock 070
High current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection
connector).
Multilock 040
Low current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection
connector).
Econoseal III LC
Low current sealed connector. Econoseal III HC
High current sealed connector.
Ford Card
Used for SRS only.
17
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
LF2
EM2
LF3
FC3
FC4
FC6
RH3
RH2
BT3 BT2
BT1
BT68
RH1
FC5
FC2
FC1
CE2
EM1
LF1
BT61
FC90
FC93
EM70 EM70
BT80
ST1
ST3
ST11
LF70
FC90
FC92
BT79
EM71
FC91
LF71
BT60
BT64
BT68
BT67
BT66
BT62
BT63
+
–
RHD
RHD
MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX (RHD)
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
TUNNEL
STUD CONNECTOR
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BATTERY
GENERATOR
STARTER
MOTOR
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX (LHD)
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
GROUND POINTS
(QUIET GROUND)
(KEYFOB ANTENNA)
BATTERY GROUND
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT GROUND
Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND
18 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
PI1
PI2 EL1
LF41
LF3
LF40
DD1
SD1
SD2 SP1
SP2
RH1
RH2
RH12
RH14
LF1
LF2
LF60
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
SW1
SW2
RF1
RT3
IC4
RH5 RH6
BT1
BT2
BT3
BT4
BT58
BB1
BL1BT72 BT73
RT20
IC1
IC2
AC16 AC12
AC13
AC14
AC15
EM1
EM2
EM3 DP1
LF3
FC3
FC4
FC6
RH2 RH1
BT1
BT2
BT3
FC5
FC1
FC2
LF2
EM2 EM1
LF1
LF42
LHD
LL1EM60
PI1
PI2
LF41
LF3
LF40
DD1
SD1
SD2
SP1
SP2
RH1
RH2
RH12
RH14
LF1
LF2
LF60
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
SW1
SW2
RF1
RT3
IC4
RH5 RH6
BT1
BT2
BT3
BT4
BT58
BB1
BL1BT72 BT73
RT20
IC1
IC2
AC16 AC12
AC13
AC14
AC15
EM1
EM2
EM3
DP1
LF3
FC3
FC4
FC6
RH2 RH1
BT1
BT2
BT3
FC5
FC1
FC2
LF2
EM2
LF1
LF42
RHD
EL1
EM1
EM60
Harness Layout Harness Layout
FRONT OF VEHICLE
FL – LH FRONT WHEEL
PI – ENGINE
LF – LEFT FORWARD
AC – AIR CONDITIONING
(CLIMATE CONTROL)
DD – DRIVER’S DOOR
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SW – STEERING WHEEL
TL – TELEPHONE
RT – RADIO TELEPHONE
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
SD – DRIVER’S SEAT
BT – TRUNK
QL – CONVERTIBLE
LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
RL – LH REAR WHEEL
BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK
FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
LL – POWER STEERING LINK
EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
CRUISE CONTROL LINK
OR
EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
SIDE MARKER LINK
EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR
RF – ROOF
FC – FASCIA
SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT
RH – REARWARD
QR – CONVERTIBLE
RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
RR – RH REAR WHEEL
BL – TRUNK LID
FRONT OF VEHICLE
FL – LH FRONT WHEEL
PI – ENGINE
LF – LEFT FORWARD
AC – AIR CONDITIONING
(CLIMATE CONTROL)
DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR
FC – FASCIA
TL – TELEPHONE
RT – RADIO TELEPHONE
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT
BT – TRUNK
QL – CONVERTIBLE
LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
RL – LH REAR WHEEL
BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK
FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
CRUISE CONTROL LINK
OR
EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
SIDE MARKER LINK
EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
DD – DRIVER’S DOOR
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SW – STEERING WHEEL
RF – ROOF
SD – DRIVER’S SEAT
RH – REARWARD
QR – CONVERTIBLE
RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
RR – RH REAR WHEEL
BL – TRUNK LID
ST – STARTER LINK ST – STARTER LINK
19
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
LHD RHD
Control Module Identification and Location Control Module Identification and Location
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
LAMP CONTROL MODULE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
LAMP CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
20 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
XK8 Range 1998
11
B10
—9
RY 8
RG 7
BU 6
BW 5
BY 4
BO 3
PN
2
PU 1
PS
22
B21
—20
—19
—18
BS 17
BN 16
BG
6
R5
R4
BK 3
WR 2
GY 1
GY
12
G11
G10
B9
B8
B7
B15
BP 14
—
13
—12
B
4
WU 3
P2
—1
SR
7
RG 6
GO 5
SG
11
U10
G9
UY 8
UW
16
K15
R14
BG 13
BY 12
BG
8
—7
—6
O5
WK 4
UN 3
ULG 2
UG 1
WR
13
O12
K11
PG 10
US 9
NO
21
UW 20
BG 19
—18
—17
Y16
PK 15
G14
OU
28
Y27
G26
Y25
G24
—23
BK 22
B
6
YW 5
WU 4
—3
—2
—1
—
11
—10
RY 9
SG 8
SLG 7
—
17
U16
N15
R14
G13
GY 12
UP
22
BP 21
—20
—19
BY 18
BY
10
—9
KW 8
—7
—6
—5
—4
OK 3
SP 2
W1
KN
16
WU 15
W14
GR 13
PY 12
RW 11
PW
26
LGU 25
LGW 24
LGO 23
LGK 22
UB 21
—20
B19
Y18
S17
N
34
LPG 33
LGS 30
—29
O
32
LGR 31
LGY 28
P27
BG
EM14 EM15 EM13 EM12 EM11 EM10
11
B10
—9
—8
—7
BU 6
BW 5
BY 4
BO 3
PN
2
PU 1
PS
22
B21
—20
—19
—18
BS 17
BN 16
BG
6
R5
R4
BK 3
WR 2
GY 1
GY
12
G11
G10
B9
B8
B7
B15
BP 14
—
13
—12
B
4
WU 3
P2
—1
SR
7
RG 6
GO 5
SG
11
U10
G9
UY 8
UW
16
K15
R14
BG 13
BY 12
BG
8
—7
—6
O5
WK 4
UN 3
ULG 2
UG 1
WR
13
O12
K11
PG 10
US 9
NO
21
UW 20
BG 19
—18
—17
Y16
PK 15
G14
OU
28
Y27
G26
Y25
G24
—23
BK 22
B
6
YW 5
WU 4
YR 3
YN 2
YG 1
YU
11
—10
RY 9
SG 8
SLG 7
—
17
U16
N15
R14
G13
GY 12
UP
22
BP 21
—20
—19
BY 18
BY
10
RY 9
KW 8
—7
—6
—5
—4
OK 3
SP 2
W1
KN
16
WU 15
W14
GR 13
PY 12
RW 11
PW
26
LGU 25
LGW 24
LGO 23
LGK 22
UB 21
—20
B19
Y18
S17
N
34
LPG 33
LGS 30
—29
O
32
LGR 31
LGY 28
P27
BG
EM7
28
BY 27
—26
ND 25
—24
—23
BRD 22
UY 21
BU 20
—19
—18
BS 17
—16
U15
BRD 14
N13
US 12
RP
55
WB 54
WB 53
RU 52
RY 51
OB 50
—49
—48
—47
—46
—45
RG 44
R43
—42
G41
—40
—39
—
88
—87
—86
Y85
G84
—83
Y82
G81
—80
—79
—78
—77
—76
—75
—74
—73
—72
—
11
—10
—9
W8
RB 7
—6
B5
OG 4
OK 3
—2
RS 1
OU
38
—37
Y36
S35
—34
B33
YP 32
YU 31
—30
YB 29
OR
71
—70
—69
—68
—67
—66
—65
—64
—63
—62
—61
—60
—59
—58
—57
—56
—
LF37
17
W18
R19
UP 20
WU 21
P22
U23
—24
B25
WY
10
—11
—12
—13
UB 14
R15
G16
RY
1
UO 2
US 3
S4
G5
Y6
Y7
O8
B9
NR
1
YU 2
BS 3
P4
—5
—6
—7
—8
—9
—10
—
23
—24
—25
LGB 26
LGU 27
LGP 28
LGN 29
WB 30
B
12
BG 13
BW 14
BK 15
BLG 16
BP 17
BS
33
B34
BY 35
BU 36
BO 37
BN 38
BR L
GH
Y
EM73 EM72
AJ26 N/A
AJ26 SC
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
TOP
LF37 / 25-WAY / BLACK
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
EM73 / 18-WAY / BLACK EM72 / 14-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
21
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
FC14
79
NG 80
NB 81
GR 82
GR 83
GB 84
U85
S86
ON 87
SK 88
YG 89
LGR 90
BG 91
BW
53
RK 54
RB 55
SP 56
UW 57
—58
SB 59
PY 60
RY 61
KG 62
LGU 63
SW 64
—65
BK
27
GO 28
RW 29
S30
U31
SW 32
WN 33
RG 34
LGK 35
OU 36
LGW 37
LGR 38
OR 39
Y
1
RY 2
GY 3
GK 4
GU 5
SO 6
YW 7
RU 8
—9
LGU 10
SR 11
YB 12
OP 13
GO
92
SU 93
YK 94
LGO 95
RS 96
PW 97
—98
GB 99
PN 100
BR 101
PW 102
NY 103
B104
NY
66
PU 67
UR 68
US 69
OK 70
GS 71
SR 72
—73
GO 74
RW 75
—76
GK 77
GP 78
PG
40
WU 41
RW 42
UY 43
BLG 44
OY 45
UG 46
—47
—48
OG 49
—50
GY 51
RW 52
BS
14
UB 15
WO 16
RY 17
OS 18
YS 19
WLG 20
OG 21
—22
WB 23
WO 24
NW 25
B26
YG
1
BK 2
WG 3
RN 4
—5
—6
SO 7
—8
—9
—10
SU 11
—12
—13
UY 14
R15
—16
—17
—
25
NR 26
B27
RO 28
RO 29
—30
—31
—32
—33
BR 34
—35
Y36
O37
—38
—39
—40
—41
—
18
—19
S20
U21
—22
—23
Y24
Y
42
—43
—44
—45
—46
—47
G48
G
1
RK 2
OW 3
PY 4
SG 5
OU
13
BW 14
RW 15
OU 16
YW 17
OS
6
UB 7
ON 8
RG 9
RS 10
OB 11
RB 12
RU
18
OG 19
OS 20
UW 21
RLG 22
SW 23
OP 24
UR
FC26FC25
DD11 DD10
7
BP 6
KS 5
LGU 4
OU 3
SN 2
UG 1
OB
15
WG 14
—13
—12
OY 11
—10
YO 9
YN 8
—
22
UN 21
UP 20
GY 19
—18
—17
OR 16
—
7
OB 6
SU 5
SY 4
PN 3
PG 2
BY 1
N
15
OU 14
GW 13
PO 12
PW 11
PB 10
BG 9
U8
BK
22
PK 21
PU 20
WU 19
BR 18
BO 17
B16
S
DP11 DP10
7
—6
—5
LGU 4
—3
—2
—1
—
15
—14
—13
—12
—11
—10
—9
—8
—
22
—21
—20
GY 19
—18
—17
—16
—
7
OB 6
SU 5
SY 4
PN 3
PG 2
PY 1
N
15
OU 14
GW 13
PO 12
PW 11
PB 10
BG 9
U8
BK
22
PK 21
PU 20
WU 19
—18
BO 17
B16
S
13
—12
—11
—10
—9
—8
—7
YP 6
—5
RY 4
—3
LGY 2
—1
R
26
—25
—24
—23
—22
—21
—20
—19
YR 18
—17
—16
—15
—14
—
8
S7
OG 6
NK 5
YW 4
GW 3
UG 2
OB 1
OR
16
U15
NY 14
BK 13
BK 12
—11
UO 10
—9
GR
13
—12
—11
—10
BK 9
—8
LGS 7
—6
—5
RY 4
—3
—2
—1
—
26
YO 25
—24
—23
—22
—21
—20
—19
YR 18
—17
—16
—15
—14
—
BT41 BT40
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
FC25 / 48-WAY / BLACK FC26 / 24-WAY / BLACK
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FC14 / 104-WAY / GREY
NOTE: (NAS) PIN 13 NOT USED
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (NAS)
BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (ROW)
BT40 / 16-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK DP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
22 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
BT69
10
—9
SU 8
—7
—6
O5
—4
—3
—2
—1
—
20
—19
—18
—17
Y16
O15
—14
—13
—12
—11
—
1
—2
—3
—4
—5
—6
—7
—8
—9
—10
—11
—12
—13
—
14
UP 15
UO 16
RY 17
RK 18
RU 19
UB 20
UW 21
RO 22
RG 23
RW 24
WG 25
R26
BK
19
—20
PB 21
UB 22
RB 23
—24
ON 25
U26
US 27
NS 28
K29
—30
OB 31
OW 32
OK 33
OY 34
OU 35
—
1
SO 2
UP 3
UW 4
—5
—6
—7
—8
—9
—10
O11
WR 12
—13
OR 14
OG 15
OP 16
—17
—18
B
12
WR 13
B
14
B15
GW 16
OU 17
UB 18
LGW 19
BW 20
BK 21
O22
—
1
WP 2
GY
3
WN 4
WU 5
NY 6
PY 7
UG 8
P9
UN 10
K11
—
7
SY 8
SR 9
—10
WP 11
UB 12
KU
1
ULG 2
S3
SG 4
SB 5
OY 6
UG
14
—15
—
16
LGN 17
RW 18
LGP 19
RU 20
SR 21
Y22
NR 23
—24
—25
UR 26
GU
1
RLG 2
U
3
UY 4
PS 5
LGR 6
RY 7
PR 8
PY
9
OU 10
OR 11
YG 12
—13
UY 14
—15
UK 16
GP
1
OP 2
RG 3
YW 4
—5
SU 6
SG 7
US 8
GO 9
RB 10
—11
—12
UW 13
UO
AC4 AC3 AC2 AC1
10
—9
SU 8
OG 7
OR 6
O5
—4
NR 3
—2
—1
SB
20
—19
—18
—17
Y16
O15
—14
WO 13
WN 12
BK 11
—
FC22
FC29 FC30
BT18
7
WK 8
OW 9
OP 10
—11
YU 12
ON
1
—2
—3
—4
BK 5
YW 6
R
12
BK 11
RS 10
KU 9
KG 8
RW 7
RW
6
WK 5
RG 4
KP 3
KN 2
RP 1
—
14
WP 15
—16
—17
—18
WB 19
—20
—21
—22
—23
—24
—25
—26
—
1
WG 2
WU 3
B4
—5
W6
WN 7
—8
—9
—10
WR 11
WY 12
WO 13
—
9
UY 10
UW 11
KW 12
KY 13
GN 14
GP 15
GW 16
GY
1
PS 2
PO 3
OK 4
R5
OB 6
OR 7
KS 8
KO
6
—7
—8
G9
S10
U
1
B2
B3
US 4
UO 5
NK
SD3 SD4 SD5
9
UY 10
UW 11
KW 12
KY 13
GN 14
GP 15
GW 16
GY
1
PS 2
PO 3
OK 4
R5
OB 6
OR 7
KS 8
KO
6
—7
—8
G9
S10
U
1
B2
B3
US 4
UO 5
NK
SP3 SP5
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
SD3 / 16-WAY / BLACK SD4 / 26-WAY / BLACK SD5 / 10-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
SP3 / 16-WAY / BLACK SP5 / 10-WAY / BLACK
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
FC29 / 12-WAY / BLACK FC30 / 12-WAY / GREY
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
BT69 / 35-WAY / BLACK
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (NAS)
FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (ROW)
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
AC4 / 22-WAY / BLACK AC3 / 12-WAY / GREY AC2 / 16-WAY / GREY AC1 / 26-WAY / GREY
LAMP CONTROL MODULE
BT18 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
23
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
XK8 Range 1998 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location
NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR (STRIPE) / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK (BLUE) / BLUE INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLUE STRIPE AND A BLUE CONNECTOR. IF THERE IS NO COLOR SHOWN IN PARENTHESES, THE RELAY CASE DOES NOT HAVE A STRIPE. SOME RELAYS
CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS. THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”.
LH blower motor relay
black (blue) / blue
RH blower motor relay
black (blue) / blue
DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS
Door mirror heater relay
black (blue) / blue
Ignition positive relay (LHD)
Auxiliary positive relay (RHD)
brown / bus
Driver side fuse box (LHD)
Passenger side fuse box (RHD)
LH FASCIA RELAYS
Wiper FAST/SLOW relay
black / black
Wiper RUN/STOP relay
black / black
Air conditioning compressor clutch relay
brown / brown
LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
Fuel injection relay
brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Ignition coil relay
brown / brown
EMS control relay
brown / bus
Engine Management
fuse box
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)
Heater pump relay
brown / bus
Front fog relay
brown / bus
Main beam relay
brown / bus
Powerwash relay
brown / bus
Dip beam relay
brown / bus
Horn relay
brown / bus
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus
Engine compartment
fuse box
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS
Engine Management
fuse box
Fuel injection relay
brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Ignition coil relay
brown / brown
EMS control relay
brown / bus
Starter relay
brown / brown
LH windshield heater relay
brown / brown
RH windshield heater relay
brown / brown
RH FASCIA RELAYS
Auxiliary positive relay (LHD)
Ignition positive relay (RHD)
brown / bus
Door locking relay
black (violet) / violet
Air conditioning isolate relay
black (violet) / violet
TRUNK RELAYS: ➞ VIN 024687
Tail lamp relay
brown / bus
Heated backlight relay
brown / bus
Fuel pump relay
brown / bus
Stop lamp relay
brown / bus
Accessory connector relay
brown / bus
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus
Top up relay
black / black
Top down relay
black / black
LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay
black (violet) / violet
RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay
black (violet) / violet
Rear fog relay
brown / bus
Passenger side fuse box (LHD)
Driver side fuse box (RHD)
RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
Intercooler pump relay (LHD): VIN 024687 ➞
brown / brown
Intercooler pump relay (RHD): VIN 024687 ➞
brown / brown
Trunk fuse box
TRUNK RELAYS: VIN 024687 ➞
Tail lamp relay
brown / bus
Heated backlight relay
brown / bus
Rear fog relay
brown / bus
Fuel pump 1 relay
brown / bus
Stop lamp relay
brown / bus
Accessory connector relay
brown / bus
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus
Top up relay
black / black
Top down relay
black / black
LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay
black (violet) / violet
Fuel pump 2 relay
brown / brown
RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay
black (violet) / violet
Trunk fuse box
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
250A x 2
BT68
B
BT49
(BT65) B+
(BT66)
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
N
N
N
250A
N
WN N
FC21-6
BT79
FC91
N
N
N
EM71
LF71
BT64 FC90
N
FC93
RG
FC6-6
10
II
N
FC92 FC90
(RHD)
(LHD)
N
26
N
LF70
48
PK
EM20-6
N
EM70
04.1
BT80
N
ST1
03.1
25 A
BT44-1
BT44-2
15.1
15.1
NO
NY
RG
LF7-9
9
II
RG
BT12-9
6
1
II
N
11
II
1
04.3
3
2
5
1
2
2
I
3
2
5
1
3 4
4
II
07.2
09.1
09.1
14.1
09.1
3
2
5
1
5
5
E
12
I
3
II
13.2
09.2
07.2
09.2
09.2
18.1 18.1
3
1
5
2
3
1
5
2
N
13.3
FC14-97
KY
FC14-32
WN
16
I
5
II
WO
FC14-15
RH2-20
BT2-14
KY KY
04.2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
I
I
O
04.6
04.4
03.2
04.5 04.7
04.8
Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution
Fig. 01.1
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
TUNNEL
STUD CONNECTOR FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
BATTERY POST
TRANSIT
ISOLATION DEVICE
TRUNK FUSE BOX PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX DRIVER SIDE
FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE:
WINDOW LIFT OPERATION
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE:
WINDOW LIFT OPERATION
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
STARTER
ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS
AUXILIARY POSITIVE
RELAY
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS
EMS CONTROL
RELAY
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
NR
NK
NR
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NK
FCS81 AC16-1 (LHD)
AC15-20 (RHD)
23
#1 20A FC6
-1
NK
11
11.4
#2 10A FC6
-5
NS
12
07.2
#3 30A FC6
-3
NU
13
14.1
#4 10A FC6
-8
RW
#5 15A FC5
-9
NB
19
BPM
#6 5A FC5
-10
NR
06.1
#7 15A FC5
-4
NY
24
#8 5A FC5
-7
NP
25
11.2
#11 20A FC6
-2
28
07.2
#15 25A FC5
-3
NO
29
10.1
#17 10A FC5
-1
NLG
31
18.1
#18 5A FC5
-6
NR
33
08.1
#9
#13 5A
NK
SD1-2
LF1-20
14
14.1
15
14.1
NU
NU
NU
LFS20
16
17.1
17
17.1
18
17.1
RW
RW
RW
FCS39
21
13.2
22
13.2
23
27
12.1
26
12.1
NRNR
NR
NP
NP
N
N
N
AC16-3 (LHD)
AC15-2 (RHD)
NW (LHD) NU (RHD)
30
01.1
NO
NO
NO
NO NO
N
32
18.1
NLG NLG NLG
NLG
NR
NU
RF1-7
SD1-5
FCS5
FCS19
SDS6
NY
NS
NB
RH2-8
RH14-2
DD1-22
BT2-8
BT58-2
FCS40
NR
#1 20A FC21
-1
#2 10A FC21
-5
#3 FC21
-3
#4 5A FC21
-8
#5 5A FC20
-9
#6 10A FC20
-10
#7 20A FC20
-4
#8 5A FC20
-7
#11 20A FC21
-2
#15 25A FC20
-3
#17 15A FC20
-1
#18 10A FC20
-6
#9 10A FC20
-2
#13 FC21
-4
FCS89
SP1-2
44
45
39
11.3
40
11.3
48
10.1
10.2
10.2
07.2
34
11.4
35
13.1
36
13.1
37
13.1
38
15.1
41
13.1
42
13.1
43
16.4
01.1
NR
NW
NP
NY
NB
N
NP
NU (LHD) NW (RHD)
NY
NG
NP
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NP
46
07.1
47
07.1
NY NY
NY
NB
49
12.3
50
12.3
N
N
N
51
16.1
NP
NY
NY
NY
NY
N
NY
NG
NP
NP
FC5
-2
FC6
-4
DPS2
DP1-4
DD1-4
AC13-14 ACS3
DDS2
AC12-20
FCS23
SPS1
SP1-5
IC2-13
FCS82
AC15-2 (LHD)
AC16-3 (RHD)
AC15-20 (LHD)
AC16-1 (RHD)
RH2-13
DP1-22
BT2-2
FCS88
10
9
7
8
09.1 09.2
BPM
BPM
11.2
12.1 12.2
12.1 12.2 12.3
18.1
BPM
12.2
12.2
11.3 11.4 12.1 13.1 13.2 15.1
NW (LHD) NU (RHD)
12.3
12.1
11.4 15.1
13.2 15.1
16.2 16.3
NU (LHD) NW (RHD)
11.3 13.1 13.2 15.1
20
11.2
11.2
10.1
12.4
13.3
15.1
12.4
12.4
13.3
15.1
12.4
NY NY
19.1
13.3
13.3
13.3
Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes Battery Power Distribution:
Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes
Fig. 01.2
DRIVER SIDE
FUSE BOX PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous Figures.
BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
NOTE: SPS1 – 3-way seat only.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
BTS36
IC4-1
1
#1 5A BT13
-7
#2 20A BT13
-1
#9 10A BT11
-3
#10 10A BT13
-2
#12 20A (CONV.) BT12
-3
#14 40A (CONV.) BT13
-4
#16 BT12
-4
#18 BT10
-1
#20 20A (CONV.) BT10
-3
#22 20A BT12
-7
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
09.2
15.2
15.2
15.2
15.2
11.5
16.1
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
NS NS
66
67
16.3
16.3
13.1
BTS42
NG
NG
NG
NG NG
NG
IC4-2
15.2
15.2
15.2
NYNY
BTS32
NU
NU
NU
15.2
15.2
BTS4
NO
NO
NO
15.2
13.2
BTS31
NR
NR
NR
4 5
#9 10A LF6
-3
#10 LF8
-2
#12 30A LF7
-3
#14 30A LF8
-4
#16 30A LF7
-4
#18 30A LF5
-1
#20 LF5
-3
#22
NW
04.3
NLG
04.3
NG
06.1
NY
79
06.1
NR
80
03.1
LF5
-2
#1 EM20
-1
#2 20A EM20
-5
#3 25A EM20
-3
NW
#4 5A EM20
-8
NO
#5 10A EM19
-9
NY
#6 EM19
-10
#7 EM19
-4
#8 10A EM19
-7
NLG
#9 30A EM19
-2
NG
#11 EM20
-2
#13 EM20
-4
#15 30A EM19
-3
NG
#17 30A EM19
-1
NP
#18 10A EM19
-6
NW
05.1
04.3
EMS41
NO
NO
81
04.1
NW
NY
07.2
07.2
57
58
74
75
76
77
78
(COUPE)
(CONV.)
73
04.2
04.3
04.1 04.2
04.3
07.2
55
56
70
71
72
54
11.4 15.2
16.2 16.3
13.2
07.2
07.2
13.3
53
69
52
68
NWNW
04.8
67A
04.6 04.8
NW NW 72A
04.8
(N/A)
(SC) NO 75A
04.7
04.6
04.6
04.5
04.604.6
04.6 04.8 04.4 04.5
04.8
04.8
04.4 04.7
04.8
03.2
NLG
NG
NG
NP
NW
Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Battery Power Distribution:
Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes
Fig. 01.3
TRUNK FUSE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
BATTERY POWER BUS
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FCS8 AC15-3
#10 5A FC6
-7
#12 10A FC6
-10
WP
#14 10A FC5
-8
#16 5A FC5
-5
WR
WG
3
II
11
II
8
II
9
II
7
II
6
II
10
II
07.2
07.1
07.2
07.2
11.1
14
II
12
II
13
II
04.3
08.1
04.1
WP WP
WP
WU
WP
WP
WP
WP
WG
WG
WG
17
II
15
II
16
II 11.4
07.2
07.2
18
II
19
II 05.1
05.1
WR WR
WR WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
#10 5A FC21
-7
#12 5A FC21
-10
WY
#14 20A FC20
-8
#16 FC20
-5
WU
16.4
16.1
18.1
LG
WY
WU
LG
#3 5A BT13
-8
#4 5A BT13
-9
WR
#5 BT11
-2
1
II
11.5
WR
WG
BT10
-9
WG
28
II
#1 10A LF8
-7
#2 5A LF8
-1
WR
#3 5A LF8
-8
4
II
30
II
29
II
05.1
05.1
WB
WB
WB
LF5
-9
WR
2
I
21
I
22
I
23
I
#4 5A LF8
-9
WU
#5 10A LF6
-2
WK
WB
32
II
31
II
13.2
09.3
34
II
33
II
09.3
09.3
36
II
35
II
06.1
03.1
38
II
37
II
03.1
04.1
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WU
26
II
04.3
WK
WK
WK
WK
07.2
09.1
04.3
07.2
09.2
LFS5
LF40-13
FCS63
ACS17
EMS15
FCS29
RF1-1
EM2-3
IC2-12
EMS42
EMS6
LF60-9
LF40-10
PI2-12
04.2
16.2 16.3
WU 19.1
27
II
BTS1
WG 24A
II
25
II
04.6
WP
LF3-13
WP WP
1
2
4
1
2
20
II
17.1
WG
04.2
04.6
05.2
05.2
WR 05.2
20A
II
WG 24
II 09.2
04.8
04.6
(N/A)
(SC) WB 05.2
26A
II
03.2
03.2
04.4
04.6
04.8
04.5 04.7
04.8
04.8
Ignition Switched Power Distribution Ignition Switched Power Distribution
Fig. 01.4
DRIVER SIDE
FUSE BOX
PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX
TRUNK FUSE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
IGNITION POWER BUS
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
RELAYS
IGNITION POWER BUS
RELAYS
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
(N/A)
(SC)
5
E
#10 5A EM20
-7
#12 10A EM20
-10
WU
#14 10A EM19
-8
#16 5A EM19
-5
WP
04.3
05.1
WR
WR
WR
WR
ELS3
EL1-1
LF40-12
WR
WR
EMS7
WR WR
EMS16
WU
WU
PI1-28 PIS6
WU WU
WU
WU
WU
WP
WP
WP
WP
WP
WP
EMS30
41
E
42
E
43
E
44
E
45
E
46
E
47
E
48
E
49
E
04.1 04.2
04.1 04.2
04.1 04.2
04.1 04.2
04.1 04.2
04.1 04.2
04.1 04.2
04.1 04.2
04.1 04.2
04.1 04.2
04.3
04.1 04.2
04.3 07.2
WY
04.1 04.2
07.2
40
E
LFS24
WU
04.1 04.2
52
E
53
E
54
E
55
E
50
E
51
E
39
E
WU 48A
E
WP
WP
04.7
04.7
54B
E
54A
E
04.4
04.4
04.4
04.4
04.4
04.6
04.7
04.4
04.4
04.4
04.6
04.4
04.4
LF3-9
WP
WP
PIS8
PI1-47
WP
04.5 04.7
04.5 04.7
04.5 04.7
04.5 04.7
04.5 04.7
04.8
04.4 04.5
04.4 04.5
04.4 04.5
04.5
04.5
04.5
04.8
04.5
04.6 04.8
04.5
WU
04.7
04.7
04.7
04.7
04.7
WY
Engine Management Switched Power Supplies Engine Management Switched Power Supplies
Fig. 01.5
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
NOTE: LF3-9 introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Ignition Switched Ground Distribution
Fig. 02.1
IGNITION SWITCH
(OFF) IGNITION SWITCH
(I) IGNITION SWITCH
(II) IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous Figures.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC14-39
FC14-73
FC14-7
O
I
FC14-41
I
RW
FC14-80
NB
15
III
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WO
RW
WN
1
FC4-5
BK
FCS48
FC3BL
BK
250A x 2
BT68
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
N
N
N
250A
N
BT80
N
ST1
01.1
01.1
FC89-3 FC89-1
RUBK
EM11-6
I
02.1
02.1
BK
BK
FCS47
FC3BR
RU
GO
EM1-15
GO
EMS28
GO
GO
WRNW
WK
73
35
II
WR
EM60-2
ST10
ST3
N
B
6
ST11
AN2
B
AN1
AN3-1
AN3-2
B
N
PI50-2
PI50-1
SW
29
II
WP
SW SW
PI1-11EM1-14
08.1
WR
N
ST2
GO
O
FC22-16EM10-6
O
Y
EM10-17
Y
FC22-17
D D
D
Y
D
EM2-18
EM3-8
Y
FCS74
D
B+
SU
FC22-9
D
FC14-92
SU
D
EM50
3
1
5
2
EM10-15
G
05.1 I
Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A
Fig. 03.1
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
NEUTRAL SWITCH
ENGINE
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND IGNITION
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
SUPPRESSION MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
REGULATOR
GENERATOR
STARTER RELAY
STARTER MOTOR
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
OK TO START
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
POWER
LOGIC
GLASS BREAKAGE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
OK TO START
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC14-39
FC14-73
FC14-7
O
I
FC14-41
I
RW
FC14-80
NB
15
III
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WO
RW
WN
1
FC4-5
BK
FCS48
FC3BL
BK
250A x 2
BT68
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
N
N
N
250A
N
BT80
N
ST1
01.1
01.1
EM11-6
I
02.1
02.1
RU
GO
EM1-15
GO
EMS28
GO
GO
WRNW
WK
73
35
II
WR
EM60-2
ST10
ST3
N
B
6
ST11
AN2
B
AN1
AN3-1
AN3-2
B
N
PI50-2
PI50-1
SW
29
II
WP
SW SW
PI1-11EM1-14
08.1
WR
N
ST2
GO
O
FC22-16EM10-6
O
Y
EM10-17
Y
FC22-17
D D
D
Y
D
EM2-18
EM3-8
Y
FCS74
D
B+
SU
FC22-9
D
FC14-92
SU
D
EM50
3
1
5
2
FC100-2
FC100-4
BB
EM2-2
EM2AL
(EM1AL)
P, N
EMS43
B
FC100-5 EM1-11
G
P, N
O
O
G
EM10-15
I
I
RU
Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC
Fig. 03.2
VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
ENGINE
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND IGNITION
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
SUPPRESSION MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
REGULATOR
GENERATOR
STARTER RELAY
STARTER MOTOR
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
OK TO START
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
POWER
LOGIC
GLASS BREAKAGE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
OK TO START
E
55
D
O
1751
6
52 81
I
S
C
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
EM10-28
Y
EM10-26
B+
EM10-12
EM10-27
EM10-13
EM10-25
EM12-12
B
S
N
BP
BY
BY
R
GY
UP
BG
BY
BG
G
UY
UW
BG
UW
BK
B
EM11-8
G
Y
G
O
K
EM13-2
W
EM11-3
P
C
C
C
C
D
D
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
EM14-7
B
B
B
O
BG
EM15-1
PN
PU
PS
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-11
RY
RG
B
EM15-8
EM15-9
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-29
EM12-13
EM12-15
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM10-21
EM10-20
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 -2 -1 EM24EM21 EM23 -2 -1-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1 EM22
PI35 -5 -2 -1
PI17 -1 -2
LF58 -1-2 PI4 -2 -1-3-4
PI15 -1 -2
EL2-1
A B
1
EM10-16
PK
01.1
O
BY
GY
WU
BG
UP
B
O
Y
P
S
BRD
N
BRD
BY
GY
BG
UP
BY
BRD
U
BRD
B
O
BRD
-3
Y
P
BRD
BY
BY
A
EM13-19
Y
EM13-28
P
UY
BG
υ
UY
S
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
WU
RG
WU
PN
RY
WP
OK
EM13-4
RG
EM11-7
EM10-1
WR
EM14-3
WR
EM10-9
NO
74
B+
B+
WY B
B
N
BRD
R
BRD
PU
WP
G
BRD
PS
WP
G
EM12-14
N
EM12-16
U
EM12-17
EM2AL
(EMIAL)
EMS43
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2
EM14-2
GY
EM13-14
GR
GY
GY
EM14-1
O
NG
WP
78
UW
EM14-4
BK
B
EM14-10
EM15-12
B
EM15-22
B
U
EM11-11
R
EM11-15
K
EM11-16
EM14-5
R
EM14-6
R
G
EM14-11
G
EM14-12
BG BG
BG
BG
R
G
R
G
K
UW
WR
R
BY
BG
U
UW
BG
G
BRD
BRD
PY
EM13-13
RW
EM13-12
PW
EM13-11
PY
RW
PW
EL3-1
2
WR
EL4
3
B
EL2-2 EL3-2
EM10-10
US
EM10-15
G
EM10-14
OU
7
II I
US
OU
USGBWO
05.1
I
I
λ
B
λ
A
λ
B
λ
A
FCS35
EMS38
EM1BR
(EM2BR)
EMS37 EMS36
BBBK
EM1AL
(EM2AL) EM1AR
(EM2AR)
B+
B+ ELS1
EM2AR
(EM1AR)
BBB
EMS31
EL1-5
-1 -2
PI42
-5
PI33
-1 PI42
-3 PI42
-1 PI42
-4 PI42
-2
PI33
-2
PIS10
PI2-7
PI2-6
EMS19
EMS18
EMS9
EMS1
EMS2
EM64-2 EM64-1
AC24-4 AC24-1 EM1-8
EM2-13
FC19
AC13-3
EMS20
EM10-17
Y
03.1
EM10-6
O
03.1
EM11-6
GO
03.1
I
D
D
EL1-3
EL1-2
EL1-4
EMS8
PI1-6 PIS1
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31
PI1-16
-25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
PI1-27
EMS3
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
S
W
S
W
EM10-5
WK
B+
36
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
PI6 -3 -4 -2-1
B
IATS
υ
O
D
D
BUS
–
+
–
+
EM16
3
1
5
2
R
W
R
W
U
W
U
W
U
W
U
W
B
B
B
B
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
UW
BG
-14
BT5 -1 -2LF52 -1 -2
RG
OK
WU
BG
UW
-4 BT2 -5
RG
BG
UW
-3
EM1-9
EM1-4
EM1-10
RG
UW
BG
RH1-9
RH1-10
RH1-8
LF40-5
OK
55
E
39
E
40
E
53
E
42
E
43
E
47
E
48
E
49
E
46
E
50
E
51
E
44
E
-3
LF3-8
UW
AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1
Fig. 04.1
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN VVT
SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS
UPSTREAM
HO2S CCV FTP
SENSOR
DOWNSTREAM
O2S
BRAKE SWITCH
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
THROTTLE
MOTOR PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
TPS
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
OK TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
PEDAL
POSITION MECHANICAL
GUARD
NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.
E
55
D
O
1751
6
52 81
I
S
C
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1
Fig. 04.2
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
EM10-28
Y
EM10-26
B+
EM10-12
EM10-27
EM10-13
EM10-25
EM12-12
B
S
N
BP
BY
BY
R
GY
UP
BG
BY
BG
G
UY
UW
BG
UW
BK
B
EM11-8
G
Y
G
O
K
EM13-2
W
EM11-3
P
C
C
C
C
D
D
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
EM14-7
B
B
B
O
BG
EM15-1
PN
PU
PS
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-11
RY
RG
B
EM15-8
EM15-9
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-29
EM12-13
EM12-15
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM10-21
EM10-20
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 -2 -1 EM24EM21 EM23 -2 -1-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1 EM22
PI35 -5 -2 -1
PI17 -1 -2
LF58 -1-2 PI4 -2 -1-3-4
PI15 -1 -2
EL2-1
A B
1
EM10-16
PK
01.1 O
BY
GY
WU
BG
UP
B
O
Y
P
S
BRD
N
BRD
BY
GY
BG
UP
BY
BRD
U
BRD
B
O
BRD
-3
Y
P
BRD
BY
BY
A
EM13-19 Y
EM13-28 P
UY
BG
υ
UY
S
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
WU
RG
WU
PN
RY
WP
OK
EM13-4
RG
EM11-7
EM10-1
WR
EM14-3
WR
EM10-9
NO
74 B+
B+
WY B
B
N
BRD
R
BRD
PU
WP
G
BRD
PS
WP
G
EM12-14
N
EM12-16 U
EM12-17
EM2AL
(EMIAL)
EMS43
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2
EM14-2
GY
EM13-14
GR
GY
GY EM14-1
O
NG
WP
78
UW
EM14-4 BK
B
EM14-10
EM15-12 B
EM15-22 B
U
EM11-11
R
EM11-15 K
EM11-16
EM14-5 R
EM14-6 R
G
EM14-11 G
EM14-12
BG BG
BG
BG
R
G
R
G
K
UW
WR
R
BY
BG
U
UW
BG
G
BRD
BRD
PY
EM13-13
RW
EM13-12
PW
EM13-11
PY
RW
PW
EL3-1
2
WR
EL4
3
B
EL2-2 EL3-2
EM10-15
G
EM10-14
OUOU
05.1
I
I
λ
B
λ
A
EMS38
EM1BR
(EM2BR)
EMS37 EMS36
BBBK EM1AL
(EM2AL) EM1AR
(EM2AR)
B+
B+ ELS1
EM2AR
(EM1AR)
BBB
EMS31
EL1-5
-1 -2
PI42
-5
PI33
-1 PI42
-3 PI42
-1 PI42
-4 PI42
-2
PI33
-2
PIS10
PI2-7
PI2-6
EMS19
EMS18
EMS9
EMS1
EMS2
EM64-2 EM64-1
EM2-13
FC19
EMS20
EM10-17
Y
03.1
EM10-6
O
03.1
EM11-6
GO
03.1 I
D
D
EL1-3
EL1-2
EL1-4
EMS8
PI1-6 PIS1
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31
PI1-16
-25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
PI1-27
EMS3
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
S
W
S
W
EM10-5
WK B+
36
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
PI6 -3 -4 -2-1
B
IATS
υ
D
D
–
+
–
+
EM16
3
1
5
2
R
W
R
W
U
W
U
W
B
B
B
B
O
O
O
O
I
I
UW
BG
-14
BT5 -1 -2LF52 -1 -2
RG
OK
WU
BG
UW
-4 BT2 -5
RG
BG
UW
-3
EM1-9
EM1-4
EM1-10
RG
UW
BG
RH1-9
RH1-10
RH1-8
LF40-5
OK
55
E
39
E
40
E
47
E48
E49
E46
E50
E51
E44
E
42
E43
E
53
E
-3
EM10-10
US
7
II I
USUSGBWO
FCS35
AC24-4 AC24-1 EM1-8AC13-3
BUS
LF3-8
UW
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN VVT
SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S HO2S
NOT
USED NOT
USED
NOT
USED
BRAKE SWITCH
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
THROTTLE
MOTOR PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
TPS
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
OK TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
PEDAL
POSITION MECHANICAL
GUARD
NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.
E
55
D
O
1751
6
52 81
I
S
C
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2
Fig. 04.3
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
SR
WU
SP
RLG
EM1-13
EM10-2
EM12-5
EM13-3
UB
WU
W
SP
RY
SG
SLG
YW
WU
SG
WU
SR
PG
UN
ULG
UG
EM11-1
LGO
LGK
EM15-4
BW
BY
BO
EM15-5
EM15-6
EM15-7
BG
BP
BU
EM15-15
EM15-16
EM13-15
EM13-16
EM13-22
EM13-23
EM13-24
EM12-6
EM12-8
EM12-9
EM12-10
EM11-4
EM11-5
EM10-3
EM10-4
EM10-11
LGU
LGW
LGR
LGY
EM13-25
EM13-26
EM13-31
EM13-32
LGP
LGS
EM13-33
EM13-34
EM15-17
BS
BN
EM15-18
PI18-2 -1
GU
BR
PI7-2 -1
BU
PW
PI23-2 -1
GS
PW
PI24-2 -1
GK
PW
PI21-2 -1
GW
PW
PI22-2 -1
GB
PW
PI19-2 -1
GR
PW
PI20-2 -1
GO
PW
PI25-2 -1
GP
PW
EM27
-10
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39
EM29
-10
PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
WP
NW
BR
PI8-2 -1
BN
BR
PI9-2 -1
BG
BR
PI10-2 -1
BW
BR
PI11-2 -1
BS
BR
PI12-2 -1
BY
BR
PI13-2 -1
BO
BR
PI14-2 -1
BP
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B
76
37
II
81
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 4B3A
EM13-1
KN
#7 20A
3
1
5
2
1
26
II
KN
NY
560 Ω 560 Ω
12
II
WG
SP
WUWUPG
AC24-2 AC24-3 AC13-16
10.2
WU
680 Ω
430 Ω
680 Ω
430 Ω
SR
SG
BO
BK
FC63
-10
FC63
-7
FC63
-9 FC63
-8
SW3-3
SW3-1
SW3-4
SW3-2 SWS1
SW1
-4
SW1
-3
SW1
-6
SW2-4
SW2-3
SW2-6
SR
SG
BO
BO
BO
SG
BO
FCS48
FC3BL
SC3-4
SC3-3
SC3-12
LF9-9
LF9-2
LF9-3
LF9-8
LF9-7
AC4-7
RLG
UB
UN
ULG
UG
AC3-1
AC4-9
WP
NLG 77
AC4-17
AC1-1
RLG
RY
EM3-1
EM3-2
FCS71
WU
LF57-1
LF57-4
LF57-5
P
LF57-2
WU
LF2BL
BK
BK
BK
RG
UB UB
LF57-3
YW
LF9-5
LF9-1
70
OG
NG
WUW
OY
WU
B
NLG
B
LF2AL
LF2AR
W
WU
69
LF40-6
LF40-7
EM2
-9
RH1
-11
BT2
-6
AC13-15
BT11-1
BT11-10
KN
KN
PG
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
PIS5 PI1-53
EMS22
PW
PWPW
PW
PW
GU
GS
GK
GW
GB
GR
GO
GP
EM27
-11 EM29
-12
EM27
-12 EM29
-7
EM27
-7 EM29
-11
EM27
-8 EM29
-8
EM27
-2 EM29
-2
EM27
-3 EM29
-5
EM27
-6 EM29
-3
EM27
-5 EM29
-6
EM27
-1 EM29
-1
RLG
UB
UN
ULG
UG
EM2-12
EM2-14
EM2-6
AC13-9
AC12-19
AC12-14
AC12-13
RLG
UB
EMS26
PI36-1PI1-13
LF3-6
LF40-9
RLG RLG B
NY
WK B
BR
PI2-5 PIS2
BR
B
EMS31
EM2AR
(EM1AR)
EM1-3 AC12-12
WU
YW
OG
OY
LGU
LGS
LGR
LGK
LGP
LGW
LGO
LGY
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
LF40-11
YW
LF12-2LF12-1
LF13-1LF13-2
EM26
5
2
3
1
EM17
5
2
3
1
EM5
3
1
5
2
EM29
-9
EM27
-9
B
B
EMS31
EM2AR
(EM1AR)
UB
45
E
54
E
52
E
B
9A
II
BT55-2
BT55-1
B
BT2AL
NY
EM13-9
EM2
-15
RH2
-15
BT2
-15
KW
KW
BT55-4
BT55-3
B
UW
BTS50
B
67A
24A
II
3
2
5
1
KW
UW
WG
NW
EM3
-6 EM3
-3 EM3
-4
KW
ON / OFF
–
+
CANCEL
RESUME
20 BAR
2–30 BAR
12 BAR
NOT USED
(FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY)
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IGNITION COILS
IGNITION
MODULE 1 IGNITION
MODULE 2
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
FUEL
PUMP
NOT USED
NOT USED
FUEL TANK
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
FUEL INJECTORS
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds
shown on Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.5.
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
RH RADIATOR FAN
LH RADIATOR FAN
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and
Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits. AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
E
55
D
O
1751
6
52 81
I
S
C
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
EM10-28
Y
EM10-26
B+
EM10-12
EM10-27
EM10-13
EM10-25
EM12-12
B
S
N
BP
BY
BY
R
GY
UP
BG
BY
BG
G
UY
UW
BG
UW
BK
B
EM11-8
G
Y
G
O
K
EM13-2
W
EM11-3
P
C
C
C
C
D
D
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
EM14-7
B
B
B
O
BG
EM15-1
PN
PU
PS
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-11 B
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-29
EM12-13
EM12-15
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM10-21
EM10-20
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 -2 -1 EM24EM21 EM23 -2 -1-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1 EM22
PI35 -5 -2 -1
PI17 -1 -2
LF58 -1-2 PI4 -2 -1-3-4
PI15 -1 -2
EL2-1
1
EM10-16
PK
01.1 O
BY
GY
WU
BG
UP
B
O
Y
P
S
BRD
N
BRD
BY
GY
UP
BY
BRD
U
BRD
B
O
BRD
-3
Y
P
BRD
BY
BY
A
EM13-19 Y
EM13-28 P
UY
BG
υ
UY
S
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
PN
WP
OK
EM13-4
RG
EM11-7
EM10-1
WR
EM14-3
WR
EM10-9
NO
75A B+
B+
WY B
B
N
BRD
R
BRD
PU
WP
G
BRD
PS
WP
G
EM12-14
N
EM12-16 U
EM12-17
EM2AL
(EMIAL)
EMS43
EM14-2
GY
EM13-14
GR
GY
GY EM14-1
O
NG
WP
78
UW
EM14-4 BK
B
EM14-10
EM15-12 B
EM15-22 B
U
EM11-11
R
EM11-15 K
EM11-16
EM14-5 R
EM14-6 R
G
EM14-11 G
EM14-12
BG BG
BG
BG
R
G
R
G
K
UW
WR
R
BY
BG
U
UW
BG
G
BRD
BRD
PY
EM13-13
RW
EM13-12
PW
EM13-11
PY
RW
PW
EL3-1
2
WR
EL4
3
B
EL2-2 EL3-2
EM10-10
US
EM10-15
G
EM10-14
OU
7
II I
US
OU
USGBWO
05.2
I
I
λ
B
λ
A
FCS35
EMS38
EM1BR
(EM2BR)
EMS37 EMS36
BBBK EM1AL
(EM2AL) EM1AR
(EM2AR)
B+
B+
EM2AR
(EM1AR)
BB
EMS31
EL1-5
-1 -2
PI42
-5
PI33
-1 PI42
-3 PI42
-1 PI42
-4 PI42
-2
PI33
-2
PIS10
PI2-7
PI2-6
EMS19
EMS18
EMS9
EMS1
EMS2
EM64-2 EM64-1
AC24-4 AC24-1 EM1-8
EM2-13
FC19
AC13-3
EMS20
EM10-17
Y
03.2
EM10-6
O
03.2
EM11-6
GO
03.2 I
D
D
EL1-3
EL1-2
EL1-4
EMS8
PI1-6
PIS1
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31 -25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
EMS3
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
S
W
S
W
EM10-5
WK B+
36
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
PI6 -3 -4 -2-1
B
IATS
υ
D
D
BUS
–
+
–
+
EM16
3
1
5
2
R
W
R
W
U
W
U
W
B
B
B
B
O
O
O
O
I
I
UW
BG
-14
BT5 -1 -2LF52 -1 -2
RG
OK
WU
BG
UW
-4 BT2 -5
RG
BG
UW
-3
EM1-9
EM1-4
EM1-10
RG
UW
BG
RH1-9
RH1-10
RH1-8
LF40-5
OK
55
E
39
E
40
E
49
E50
E51
E44
E
42
E43
E
53
E
-3PI34 -1
-4 -3-6
YR
WP
WP
YU
YN
YG
-2 -5
YR
YU
YN
YG
YR
EM12-4
YN
EM12-3
YG
EM12-2
YU
EM12-1
-8 PI1 -9 -10 -7
BG
EM12-7 UP
I
BG
PI41 -2 -1
BG
UP
υ
UP
PI1 -15
LF3 -8
PN
48A
E
54B
E
54A
E
UW
O
AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1
Fig. 04.4
VARIANT: AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
NOT USED
EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S HO2S
NOT
USED NOT
USED
NOT
USED
IATS 2
BRAKE SWITCH
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.8)
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
THROTTLE
MOTOR PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
TPS
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
OK TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
PEDAL
POSITION MECHANICAL
GUARD
E
55
D
O
1751
6
52 81
I
S
C
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2
Fig. 04.5
VARIANT: AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
BR
BU
BR
BN
BR
BG
BR
BW
BR
BR
BR
BR
BS
BY
BO
BP
WB
BR BR
SR
WU SP
RLG
AC13-9
EM10-2
EM12-5
EM13-3
UB
WU
W
SP
RY
SG
SLG
YW
WU
SG
WU
SR
PG
UN
ULG
UG
EM11-1
LGO
LGK
EM15-4
BW
BY
BO
EM15-5
EM15-6
EM15-7
BG
BP
BU
EM15-15
EM15-16
EM13-15
EM13-16
EM13-22
EM13-23
EM13-24
EM12-6
EM12-8
EM12-9
EM12-10
EM11-4
EM11-5
EM10-3
EM10-4
EM10-11
LGU
LGW
LGR
LGY
EM13-25
EM13-26
EM13-31
EM13-32
LGP
LGS
EM13-33
EM13-34
EM15-17
BS
BN
EM15-18
PI18-2 -1
GU
IJ3-2 -1
PW
PI23-2 -1
GS
PW
PI24-2 -1
GK
PW
PI21-2 -1
GW
PW
PI22-2 -1
GB
PW
PI19-2 -1
GR
PW
PI20-2 -1
GO
PW
PI25-2 -1
GP
PW
EM27
-10
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39
EM29
-10
PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
WP
NW
IJ4-2 -1 IJ5-2 -1 IJ6-2 -1 IJ7-2 -1 IJ8-2 -1 IJ9-2 -1 IJ10-2 -1
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B
76
37
II
81
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 4B3A
EM13-1
KN
#7 20A
3
1
5
2
1
26
II
KN
NY
270 Ω 510 Ω
12
II
WG
SP
WUWU
10.2
680 Ω
430 Ω
680 Ω
430 Ω
SR
SG
BO
BK
FC63
-10
FC63
-7
FC63
-9
FC63
-8
SW3-3
SW3-1
SW3-4
SW3-2 SWS1
SW1
-4
SW1
-3
SW1
-6
SW2-4
SW2-3
SW2-6
SR
SG
BO
BO
BO
SG
BO
FCS48
FC3BL
SC3-4
SC3-3
SC3-12
LF9-9
LF9-2
LF9-3
LF9-8
LF9-7
WP
NLG 77
RLG
RY
EM3-2
EM3-2
FCS71
WU
LF57-1
LF57-4
LF57-5
P
LF57-2
LF2BL
BK
BK
UB
LF57-3
LF9-5
LF9-1
70
OG
NG
WUW
OY
WU
B
NLG
B
LF2AL
LF2AR
69
EM2
-9
EM3
-6 EM3
-3 EM3
-4
RH1
-11
BT2
-6
BT11-1
BT11-10
BT55-2
BT55-1
B
BT2AL
NY
KN
PG
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
PIS5
PI1-53
EMS22
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
GU
GS
GK
GW
GB
GR
GO
GP
EM27
-11 EM29
-12
EM27
-12 EM29
-7
EM27
-7 EM29
-11
EM27
-8 EM29
-8
EM27
-2 EM29
-2
EM27
-3 EM29
-5
EM27
-6 EM29
-3
EM27
-5 EM29
-6
EM27
-1 EM29
-1
AC12-19
AC12-14
AC12-13
RLG
UB
EMS26
PI36-1PI1-13
LF3-6
LF40-9
RLG RLG B
NY
WK B
PI2-5 IJS2
B
EMS31
EM2AR
(EM1AR)
AC12-12
WU
YW
OY
OG
LGU
LGS
LGR
LGK
LGP
LGW
LGO
LGY
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
LF40-11
YW
LF13-1LF13-2
LF12-2LF12-1
EM29
-9
EM27
-9
UB
AC24-3 AC24-2
EM13-9
KW
O
KN
EM2
-15
RH2
-15
BT2
-15
KW
KW
BT55-4
BT55-3
B
UW
BTS50
B
PIS2 IJ2-1
IJ1-1
IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5
BR
BR
BR
BR
IJS1
EM13-10
O
RY
B
NW 72A
RY
EM26
5
2
3
1
B
EM2AR
(EM1AR)
WB
EM75-1EM75-2
EMS31
WU
W
LF40-7
LF40-6
RLG
AC4-7
AC3-1
AC4-9
AC4-17
AC1-1
UB
UN
ULG
UG
BU
BN
BG
BW
BS
BY
BO
BP
EM25
5
2
3
1
67A
24A
II
BT51
3
2
5
1
KW
UW
WG
NW
EM5
3
1
5
2
BK
RG
WU
UB
YW
EM1-13
EM2-12
EM2-14
EM2-6
EM1-3
RLG
UB
UN
ULG
UG
EM31
5
1
3
2
B
B
PG PG WU
AC13-15 AC13-16
B
45
E
9A
II
54
E
52
E
20 BAR
2–30 BAR
12 BAR
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IGNITION COILS
IGNITION
MODULE 1 IGNITION
MODULE 2
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
INTERCOOLER
PUMP RELAY
INTERCOOLER
PUMP
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
FUEL
PUMP 1
FUEL
PUMP 2
FUEL TANK
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 04.7.
FUEL INJECTORS
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
RH RADIATOR FAN
LH RADIATOR FAN
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and
Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits. AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
BRD
EM7-85
G
EM7-1
EM7-4
EM7-82
B+
EM7-2
EM7-26
EM7-83
EM7-54
EM7-55
EM7-5
EM7-8
EM7-6
EM7-16
EM7-18
EM7-21
EM7-22
EM7-23
EM7-28
EM7-29
EM7-30
EM7-32
EM7-33
EM7-34
B
YP
YU
YB
OR
BY
BRD
UY
BU
BS
U
N
US
RP
W
RB
B
OG
OK
RS
OU
EM7-9
EM7-12
EM7-14
EM7-15
EM7-13
Y
G
WB
WB
NO
OG OU OR OK OB U R
UYBU
EM46
-13 EM46
-14 EM46
-2 EM46
-3 EM46
-7 EM46
-11 EM46
-15 EM46
-1 EM46
-10
NG
EM46
-6 EM46
-5
υ
RU
EM46
-16
12345 123
RY
EM46
-12
YB
EM46
-8
YP
EM46
-9
YU
EM46
-4
EM7-86
Y
75
27
II
28
II
C
C
C
C
EM7-37
EM7-42
EM7-44
R
G
Y
EM7-45
EM7-52
EM7-53
EM7-51
RU
RY
OB
RG
EMS43
EM2AL
(EM1AL)
B
BSRBYW NG
EM47
-E EM47
-A EM47
-B EM47
-C EM47
-D EM47
-J EM47
-K
BY S RB Y W WR G
L1 L2 L3 L4 P, N
EM7-36
S
04.2
G
C
C
C
C
WR
G
Y
G
Y
BK
19
II
B+ FC88
-1
FC88
-3
FC88
-4
FC88
-8
FC88
-9
FC88
-6 FCS47
BK
FC3BR
P
R
N
D
4
3
2
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
BY
BY
BS
BS
AC27 AC28
AC29 AC30
ACS12
BY
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
BYUS
FC83-1 FC83-3
BYUS
BSBSBS
EM1-17
EM1-16 AC12-15
AC12-11
BY
FCS62
BY
EM1-18
US
BY
EMS25
ACS11
20
II
10.2
WR
FC35
-8
FC35
-10
FC35
-1
FC35
-7
FC35
-9
FC35
-2
RLG
RS
RP
RG BK
EM3-11
EM3-13
EM3-14
RS
RP
RG
FCS47
BK
FC3BR
B+
B+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
03.1
560 Ω
560 Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
I
I
I
O
41
E
04.1 04.4 04.5
AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission
Fig. 05.1
TRANSMISSION
TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
PRESSURE
REGULATORS SOLENOID
VALVES OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR
TRANSMISSION
ROTARY SWITCH GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module – CAN ‘Listen
only’ node for gear selector position indicators.
D – 4
SWITCH
KICKDOWN SWITCH
(LHD)
KICKDOWN SWITCH
(RHD)
MODE SWITCH
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
MODE
STATE DIMMER OVERRIDE
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission
Fig. 05.2
VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
YP
EM73-2
EM73-25
EM72-L
EM73-3
EM72-H
EM73-29
EM73-26
EM73-28
EM73-27
EM72-17
OG
YU
YB
BU
G
LGN
LGP
LGU
LGB
RS
BS
EM72-12
EM72-13
EM72-15
EM72-16
EM72-14
Y
G
BBBB
GB1
-4 GB1
-2 GB1
-10
GB1
-1
BB
GB1
-7 GB1
-3
υ
MD SD
B
GB1
-6
B
GB1
-13
B
GB1
-8
B
GB1
-9
26A
II
C
C
EM2AL
(EM1AL)
C
C
C
C
WR
G
Y
G
Y
BK
19
II
B+ FC88
-1
FC88
-3
FC88
-4
FC88
-8
FC88
-9
FC88
-6 FCS47
BK
FC3BR
P
R
N
D
4
3
2
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
BK
AC25-1 AC25-2
19.1
19.1
BS
AC12-15
10.2
WR
FC35
-10
FC35
-1
FC35
-9
RLG
RS
BK
EM3-11
FCS47
BK
FC3BR
B+
1000 Ω
+
–
+
–
+
–
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
WB
B
GB1
-12
TCC
B
GB1
-11
EM72-33
BY
EM72-34
UY
EM72-36
OK
EM72-37
OB
EM72-38
RY
EM73-30
B
LGPLGB LGUGRU
FC100
WR B LGN
EM2
-2 EM1
-17 EM1
-18 EM3
-13 EM3
-14
EMS43
B
B
EM72-35
U
GB2
-7 GB2
-3 GB2
-1 GB2
-12 GB2
-4 GB2
-6 GB2
-5 GB2
-8 GB2
-9 GB2
-11 GB2
-2 GB2
-10
RU
G
EM1-11
04.7
03.2
20A
II
FCS48
BK
FC3BL
510 Ω
270 Ω
FC35
-8
20
II
WR
I
B+
O O O O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
03.2
O
-4 -5 -3 -2 -7 -6 -8 -1
LGB LGU LGP LGN BU G U BY UY RY YB YP YU OG OK OB
EM1-16
BS BK
AC12-11
A
1-2,4-5 B
2-3 C
3-4
PARK, NEUTRAL
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAN
CAN
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal
gear ratio speed sensors.
TRANSMISSION
NOTE: Pressure regulators:
MD – modulation pressure
SD – shift pressure
n2
SPEED
SENSOR
n3
SPEED
SENSOR
SWITCH
(NOT USED)
OPEN – P, N
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR SOLENOID
VALVES PRESSURE
REGULATORS
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for gear selector position indicators.
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
KICKDOWN SWITCH
MODE STATE
MODE SWITCH
DIMMER OVERRIDE
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC14-48
FC14-58
O
I
FC14-80
NB
15
OG B
OG
RW B B
FCS49
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
B
SC1-2SC1-1
FC86
-1 FC86
-2
FC14-51
O
RW
B
FCS46
FC2BR
(FC4BR)
FC87-1
SBBKBK
FCS47
FC3BR
FC87-3
SBBK
FC14-104
NY
19
FC14-32
WN
16
I
5
II
WO
FC14-15
EM10-10
US
6
II
7
II
USUS
US
US
WO
WO
AC26-4 AC26-1
FCS35
AC24-4 AC24-1
EM1-8
ACS16
US
AC13-3
I
B
B
GB
GB
EM10-28
EM10-27
+
–
Y
EM1-6
G
EM1-7
C
C
Y
G
Y
G
C
C
C
C
FC88-9
FC88-8
+
–
FC88-4
FC88-3
+
–
G
Y
FC25-24
FC25-47
C
C
+
–
S
S
–
+
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
S
S
S
–
+
FC25-20
U
FC25-19
S
FCS12
FCS11
U
S
19.1
19.1
I
I
Gearshift Interlock Gearshift Interlock
Fig. 05.3
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
BRAKE SWITCH
(RHD)
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
KEYLOCK SOLENOID
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
B+ (LOGIC)
B+ (SOLENOIDS)
POWER
LOGIC
SCP
SCP
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
BRAKE SWITCH
(LHD)
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
LF37-3
LF37-4
LF37-19
B+
LF37-9
LF37-20
LF37-25
LF37-17
LF37-18
LF37-21
LF37-1
LF37-13
LF37-22
LF37-8
LF37-24
B
B
UB
UO
U
P
R
W
O
Y
G
S
LF37-6
LF37-7
UP
NY
WU
NR
RR1-1
RR1-2
RL1-1
RL1-2
FR1-2
FR1-1
FL1-2
FL1-1
R
W
G
S
U
P
Y
O
BT73-1
BT73-2
BT72-2
BT72-1
LF42-1
LF42-2
LF41-1
LF41-2
LF37-2
US
6
II
7
II
USUS
US
US
WO
WO
AC26-4 AC26-1
FCS35
AC24-4 AC24-1
LF60-1
ACS16
US
AC13-3
LF37-5
Y
LF37-15
G
19.1
19.1
34
II
72
71
U
P
O
Y
U
P
O
Y
U
P
O
Y
BT2-11
BT2-10
BT2-12
BT2-13
RH1-16
RH1-15
RH1-17
RH1-18
LF60-5
LF60-4
LF60-2
LF60-3
LF40-1
LF40-2
UB
UO
EM37-2 EM37-1
B+
B+
LF37-14
R
LF60-7
R
FC55-12FC55-16
LF37-16
RY
LF60-6
RY
FC55-11FC55-9
NR
16
B
FCS49
B
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
LF3AS
C
C
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
B
GB
GB
–
+
LF37-11
LF37-10
C
C
–
+
O
LF1-13
Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control
Fig. 06.1
BRAKE SWITCH
(LHD)
BRAKE SWITCH
(RHD)
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
CAN
CAN
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
STABILITY / TRACTION
STATE
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
BW
BW
Y
RU
RY
PR
SR
PY
RB
UW
UO
OR
GWGW
GYGYNY
OP
OY
UG
SY
SR
UB
KU
SG
S
S
B+
AC4-10
AC2-1
AC3-11
K
AC4-21
O
19.1
19.1
AC4-20
BK
B
AC4-13
FC3CS
I
AC4-16
OU
08.1
AC4-3
WNWN
17
I
AC4-1
WPWP
8
II
AC4-5
NYNY
40
B+
I
AC2-6
SG
08.1
AC4-8
P
AC4-19
BW
AC4-18
LGW
AC4-12
WR
AC4-4
WU
AC4-14
B
AC3-8
AC3-7
AC3-6
AC3-5
AC3-12
AC3-2
AC3-3
UY
AC2-13
YG
AC2-11
SU
AC2-5
YW
AC2-3
RG
AC2-2
AC2-10
AC1-6
AC1-7
AC1-8
AC1-9
AC1-12
AC1-13
AC1-19
AC1-20
AC1-21
AC1-22
NR
AC1-25
UR
AC1-26
GU
AC7
-1 AC7
-10 AC7
-2 AC7
-9
AC7
-3 AC7
-5 AC7
-4 AC7
-6 AC7
-8 AC7
-7
AC4-2AC13-12
41
B+
AC4-15AC15-8
O
FCS49
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
BB
AC5
-2
AC5
-1 AC5
-6 AC5
-12 AC5
-7 AC6
-2
AC6
-1 AC6
-6 AC6
-12 AC6
-7
FC44
-9
FC44
-3 FC44
-5 FC44
-4 FC44
-6 FC44
-8 FC44
-7
FC44
-2
FCS34
FC12
-2
FC12
-1 FC12
-3
AC12
-18
FC12
-4
FCS46
FC2BR
(FC4BR)
FC52
-2
FC52
-1
AC15
-4
LF29
-2 LF29
-1
SGSYSRWUWRB
B+B+
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
KU UG BW PSU UO GU UY UW URBW PRG PR SR OR RY RUBW UB LGW
LGW
B
B
OP
OP
BW
BW
OY
OY
PBW
υ υυ
υ
D
D
DD
O
O
IIII
FC24
3
2
5
1
4
I
AC4-6
PY
08.1
AC12-10
AC12-9
AC12-8
I
I
B
FCS33
P
BW
P
I
P
ACS4
ACS21
S
SG
SY
SR
WU
WR
B
AC15
-5
OY
LF60
-11 LF60
-10
AC15
-12 AC15
-14 AC15
-13 AC15
-15 AC15
-17 AC15
-16
AC15
-9
UB
AC15-10
AC15-11
KU UG PSU UO GU UY UW URBW RG PR SR OR RY RU
LGW OPOYUB RG PR SR OR RY RU
FC43
-1
FC43
-4
FC43
-3
FC43
-2
FC43
-6
FC43
-5
FC43
-7
AC12-7
D
D
R
I
RK
FC43
-8
RG
I
RLG
FC43
-9
10.2
10.2
OU
SG
PY
O
BW
O
BWPYGPYY BWPYWRBNR
BWPYGPYY BWPYWRBNR
AC12-5
AC12-6
AC12-2
AC12-3
AC12-4
AC12-1
Climate Control: Part 1 Climate Control: Part 1
Fig. 07.1
ASPIRATOR
ASSEMBLY
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VENT ASSEMBLY SOLAR
SENSOR EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY
NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is
interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not
drive high power consuming components.
The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for
30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to provide
power for the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos.
AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
CONTROL PANEL
HEATER MATRIX
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
COOL AIR BYPASS
SERVO FOOT WELL
SERVO
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
START
DATA
DATA
CLOCK
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ASPIRATOR
MOTOR VENT
SERVO DEFROST
SERVO EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
US
UW
AC6-5
EM48-2
AC1-2
AC2-7
U
GP
AC2-16
UK
AC2-15
GO
AC2-8
AC1-3 UY
AC1-4 PS
AC1-5 LGR
AC1-18 LGP
AC1-17 RW
AC1-16 LGN
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
23
46
10
II
9
II
U
B
G
UR
U
B
G
UW
US
GO
AC6-13
AC6-8
AC6-10
FC2AL
B
WP
NU
UY
AC5-5
UR
UK
GP
AC5-13
AC5-8
AC5-10
FC4AL
B
WP
NW
LGN
I
I
O
O
O
O
WR
GS
PS
NG
WR
GK
PS
NP
RN
LGR
NS
UY
LGP
18
II
80
79
EM48-1
B
EM1BL
(EM1BS)
EMS24
PS
PS
EM2-4
AC13-8
UY
BT58-3
EM49-2EM49-1
B
EM2BS
(EM2BL)
RH18RH17
B
RH2S
DD1-5
7
II
WP
ACS1
DP1-5
RN
RN
DD8-11DD8-9
B
FC4AL
(FC2AL)
BB
DP8-11DP8-9
B
FC2AL
(FC4AL))
BB
RN
RN
DD1-1
DP1-1
DDS1
DPS1
8
AC15-19
17
II
UB
U
U
AC12-17
RW
AC12-16
LF60-18
YP
EM41-2 EM41-1
O
O
O
O
O
EM2AR
(EM1AR)
B
B
EMS31
EM1
-13
RLG
UB
UN
ULG
UG
WP
NLG 77
RLG
RY
RLG
EM2
-12
EM2-14
EM2-6
AC13
-9
AC12
-19
AC12-14
AC12-13
EMS26 PI36-1PI1-13
RLG RLG B
EM1
-3
AC12
-12
O
I
I
I
#15 10A
3
1
5
2
4
38
II
RW
YW
LF7-2
LF5-5
LF3-1
YW
EM2-5
EM43-2 EM43-1
B
#17 25A
3
1
5
2
1
26
II
BT13-3
BT10-8
BT13-10
AC13-10 RH2-7 BT2-1
LGPLGP
AC1-1
AC3-1
O
AC4-7
AC4-9
AC4-17
UB
UNULG UG
EM10-3
EM10-4
EM10-2
EM12-6
EM12-5 YW
WU
UN
ULG
UG
RLG
EM12-10 RY
I
I
I
I
O
O
WU
LF57-1
LF57-4
LF57-5
P
LF57-2
WU
LF2BL
BK
LFS25
BK
BK
BK
BK
UB UB
LF57-3
YW
UB
LF3-6
LF40-9
WU
YW
LF40-11
YW
OG
W
OY
WU
B
NLG
B
LF2AL
LF2AR
W
WU
69
LF40-6
LF40-7
OG
OY
EM13-15 W
O
EM13-16 WU
O
LF13-1
LF12-2
LF13-2
LF12-1
23
46
LHD
RHD
LHD
RHD
EM17
5
2
3
1
AC20
3
2
5
1
AC20
8
7
10
6
EM44
3
2
5
1
FC28
3
2
5
1
EM45
3
2
5
1
LF9-9
LF9-2
LF9-3
LF9-8
LF9-7
LF9-5
LF9-1
70
NG
WU
RN
AC13-4
45
E
54
E
9A
II
RG
20 BAR
2–30 BAR
12 BAR
Climate Control: Part 2 Climate Control: Part 2
Fig. 07.2
RH RADIATOR FAN
LH RADIATOR FAN
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE HEATER VALVE HEATER PUMP
NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning
Compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity.
Refer to Fig. 04.3, Fig. 04.6 and Fig. 04.8.
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
DOOR MIRROR HEATER
RELAY
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
RH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
LH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
DRIVER MIRROR
PASSENGER MIRROR
HEATED BACKLIGHT
RH BLOWER MOTOR
LH BLOWER MOTOR
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 07.1.
NOTE: Circuit revised VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC25-3
I
FC25-25
NR
29
B
FC25-26
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
BK
FC25-1
SO
S
S
19.1
19.1
U
S
B+
FC25-19
FC25-20
FC25-6
FC25-2
WG
B+
13
II
FC3BL
RN
FC79-17
FC25-28
RY
FC79-8
FC26-1
O I
RK
FC79-11
FC26-2
O I
OW
FC79-18
FC26-8
O I
RG
FC79-13
FC26-9
O I
RS
FC79-12
FC26-10
O I
OB
FC79-20
FC26-11
O I
RB
FC79-15
FC26-12
O I
RU
FC79-14
FC26-15
O I
OU
FC79-19
FC26-17
O I
OS
FC79-9
FC26-18
O I
OG
FC79-10
B+B+
FC79-16
BK
FC3BL
FCS48
BK
FC25-13
UY
FC27-7
FC25-36
O
FC27-9
FC25-33
BR
FC27-2
FC25-35
Y
FC27-8
FC25-14
R
FC27-1
I
I
I
I
19.1
19.1
G
Y
FC25-23
FC25-48
19.1
19.1
G
Y
FC25-24
FC25-47
C
C
C
C
FCS48
FCS49
B
BK
I
SW
FC26-22
RW
FC26-14
I
BW
FC26-13
I
OS
FC26-19
I
OP
FC26-23
O
UB
FC26-6
O
PY
FC26-3
O
SG
FC26-4
O
OU
FC26-5
O
UW
FC26-20
O
ON
FC26-7
11.1
07.1
07.1
07.1
16.1
11.5
11.5
FC25-10
SU
SC2-5
I
SU BK
SC2-9
FC3BL
BK
SCS1
BK
FCS48
BK
03.2
PI40-1
OS
BT8
BT7
RW
1 ΚΩ
F
E
P
BT2-18
RW
RH1-14
BW
BT2-17
BW
RH1-13
PI1-48 EM2-8
EM55-2EM55-1
BK
EM1BR
(EM2BR)
EMS38
BK
EM1-19
OP
OS
I
YW
FC26-16
17.1
RLG
FC26-21
10.2
RO
FC25-27
I
I
10.2
–
+
–
+
–
+
16.2 16.3
UR
FC26-24EM2-16
80Ω900Ω
O
I
I
I
O
03.1
Instrument Packs Instrument Packs
Fig. 08.1
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
SCP
SCP
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
A/CCM
A/CCM
A/CCM
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
GENERATOR
AIRBAG / SRS
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
VEHICLE SPEED
ENGINE SPEED
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
WARNING
CHARGE WARNING
AIRBAG WARNING
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)
LOW COOLANT
WARNING
ILLUMINATION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
OIL PRESSURE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE
TRIP SELECT
RESET
MESSAGE
IMPERIAL;
METRIC;
U.S.A.
TRIP CYCLE
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
BATTERY CHARGE
WARNING
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING
BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
A / B
(TRIP SELECT)
000
(RESET)
CLEAR
MI / KM
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC14-80
NB
15
NY
FC14-104
B+
S
S
–
+
U
S
19
B+
FC14-82
O
GR
FC14-83
O
GB
GR
GB
SC1-10
SC1-11
FC14-84
FC14-85
19.1
19.1
FC14-32
WN
16
I
5
II
WO
FC14-15
FC14-41
I
RW
1
I
I
Audible Warnings Audible Warnings
Fig. 08.2
SCP SOURCES:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2
• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1
• MEMORY – Fig. 12.1
• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1
• NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH – Fig. 05.3
• SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1
AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
SPEAKER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS
• HAZARD WARNING
• SIDE LAMPS ON
• VALET MODE WARNING
• GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
• MEMORY CHIME
• SECURITY ARM / DISARM
• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES)
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
• SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
SCP
SCP
AUDIBLE
WARNING 1
AUDIBLE
WARNING 2
POWER
LOGIC
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC14-38
I
FC14-84
FC14-80
NB
15
OR
FC14-79
NG
49
S
FC14-85
S
19.1
19.1
S
U
FC14-41
RW
5
II
WO
FC14-15
#19 10A
3
1
5
2
4
UG
UW
LF7-10
LF5-7
B+
B+
FC14-59
I
PY
FC14-30
I
U
FC14-14
I
UB
FC14-88
I
YG
FC14-61
I
KG
FC14-81
O
GR
FC14-28
O
RW
FC14-3
O
GK
FC14-1
O
RY
FC14-54
O
RB
FC14-27
O
GO
FC14-2
O
GY
FC14-53
O
RK
FC14-45
O
UG
B
B
LF31-3
OB
LF31-4LF31-2
LF32-1 LF32-2
UB
UY
B
LF31-1
LF31-6LF31-5
RK
GY
BRB
LF11-1 LF11-2
BGO
LF4-1 LF4-2
B
B
LF21-3
OW
LF21-4LF21-2
LF22-1 LF22-2
UW
UK
B
LF21-1
LF21-6LF21-5
RY
GK
BRW
LF10-1 LF10-2
BGR
EL5-1 EL5-2
O
FC14-96
PW
FC14-42
UY
FC14-16
RY
FC14-68
O
US
FC14-20
O
OG
#6 10A
3
1
5
2
US
UK
LF6-4
LF6-9
#17 15A
3
1
5
2
OG
OW
LF8-10
LF5-8
#21 10A
UB
LF5-4
#8 10A
UY
LF6-8
OB
LF8-3
LF1-7
FCS37
LF1-5
LF1-6
LF1-10
LF1-2
LF1-9
LF1-3
LF1-11
LF1-1
LF1-8
LF40-8
4
4
38
II
OG
LF1-4 EL1-6
GR GR
LFS9
LF2BR
LFS8
LF1AL
EM2AR
(EM1AR)
BBB
ELS1 EL1-5 EMS31
B
B
PW
FC55-3FC55-16
OG
FC55-18FC55-9
NR
16
B
FCS49
B
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
FC55-20
OR
FC55-17
FC55-19FC55-2
BK
PY
FC55-1
FC3BR
FCS47
BK
SC2-9
BK
SC2-2
FC3BL
BK
SCS1FCS48
BK
SC2-6
SC2-7
SC2-8
U
UB
YG
KG
U
UB
YG
KG
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY
SCS2
RY
UY
RY
FCS9
RY
S
U
10.2
I
I
4
4
BK
1
FCS11
FCS12
S
S
–
+
FC25-20
U
FC25-19
S
I
I
–
+
SC2-1
YUYU
11.4
LFS9
LF2BR
LFS8
LF1AL
B
B
L
R
DI
DI
Exterior Lighting: Front Exterior Lighting: Front
Fig. 09.1
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with Daytime Running Lamps.
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX LH FRONT FOG LAMP
LH FRONT LAMP UNIT
LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
LH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)
RH FRONT FOG LAMP
RH FRONT LAMP UNIT
RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)
NOTE: ELS1 – Cruise Control vehicles only.
SCP
SCP
FRONT FOG STATE
REAR FOG STATE
FRONT FOG
REAR FOG
HAZARD
HAZARD STATE
HEADLAMP
FLASH
HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
POWER
LOGIC
MAIN
DIP
SIDE LAMP
MAIN
DIP
SIDE LAMP
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
NOTE: DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT
NOTE: Circuits revised VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
YW
GK
FC14-84
FC14-80
NB
15
FC14-79
NG
49
S
FC14-85
S
S
U
5
II
WO
FC14-15
3
1
5
2
1
26
II
FC14-12
I
OP
BT31-7
BT31-6
OB
YW
B
BT31-2 BT31-1
BT31-4
RO
GY
BRU
BL4-1 BL4-2
BRW
BT27-1 BT27-2
O
FC14-44
OY
FC14-50
O
GY
3
1
5
2
3
1
5
2
BT1-2
BT3S
B
FC55-18FC55-16
NR
16
FC55-20
FC55-17
FC55-19FC55-2
BK
FC55-1
FC3BR
FCS47
BK
FC14-104
NY
19
OB
BT12-2
OG
BT10-5
RK
BT12-10
RY
BT10-4
RS
BT10-7
UO
BT11-7
UG
BT11-8
US
BT11-9
#15 10A
#8 5A
#19 5A
#21 5A
1
1
#6 5A
UP
BT11-4
BT40-16
S
BT40-8
S
19.1
19.1
S
U
S
U
BT40-6
NK
52 NK
BT40-5
O
YW
BT40-13
BK
BT1AR
BT40-7
O
OG
BT41-1
R
I
BT31-3
UB
BT30-4
BT30-5
UW
B
BT30-6 BT30-7
BT30-1
RG
OB
BRU
BL5-1 BL5-2
BRW
BT26-1 BT26-2
BT30-2
BT18-26
BK
BT1AR
BTS21
BK
24
II BT18-24
WG
BT18-25
R
O
B+
BT18-16
RY
BT18-17
RK
BT18-14
UP
BT18-15
UO
BT18-23
RW
BT18-21
RO
BT18-19
UB
BT18-18
RU
BT18-20
UW
BT18-22
RG
FC14-76
O
GK
BT1-1
FC14-95
O
RS
RH2-3
RH2-1
GY
GK
BB1-2
RU
BL1-2
RU
BT2-9RH2-16
RS
BTS40
BTS9
BTS3
BLS2
BTS17
BT2AR
B
BTS23
BLS1
BL1-1
BB1-1
B
B
B
6
II
7
II
USUS
WO
WO
US
US
AC26-1 AC26-4
FCS35 AC24-1 AC24-4
ACS16
AC13-3
GB
GB
B
B
(CONV.)
(COUPE)
UG
UG UG
UG UG
BB1-3 BL1-3
RH1S
B
RHS2
B
(CONV.)
(COUPE)
BL8-1 (CONV.)
RH8-2 (COUPE) BL8-2 (CONV.)
RH8-1 (COUPE)
B
B
BT40-14
BK
BK
BTS21
FCS11
FCS12
BT1-10
BT1-11
S
U
RH12-15
RH12-16
S
U
RH12-1
US
BT1-9
USUS
BTS5
Y
G
FC25-24
FC25-47
C
C
+
–
S
S
–
+
FC25-20
U
FC25-19
S1
1
–
+
1
I
I
RW
19.1
19.1
–
+
BT11-5
US
11.5
BT3S
B
BTS23
BL1-1
BB1-1
B
B
B
BLS1
FC14-41
BT1-17
I
I
FC14-88
I
YG
FC14-61
I
KG
SC2-7
SC2-8
YG
KG
FC14-42
UY
FC14-16
RY
SC2-9
BK
FC3BL
BK
SCS1FCS48
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY
SCS2
RY RY
FCS9
RY
10.2
I
I
BK
SC2-1
YUYU
11.4
L
R
DI
DI
11.4
Exterior Lighting: Rear Exterior Lighting: Rear
Fig. 09.2
REVERSE
GEAR
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
LIGHTING
CONTROL
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5)
TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3)
REAR FOG RELAY (#1)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BULB FAILURE
SENSING
LAMP CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive damping only.
BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)
BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)
LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RH TAIL LAMP UNIT
RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
SCP
SCP
CAN
CAN
FRONT FOG STATE
REAR FOG STATE
FRONT FOG
REAR FOG
HAZARD
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
B+ (LOGIC)
B+ (LIGHTING)
B+ (LIGHTING)
POWER
LOGIC
LH TAIL;
SIDE MARKER
LAMPS
RH TAIL;
NUMBER PLATE
LAMPS
LH STOP LAMP
RH STOP LAMP
FOG
REVERSE
TAIL
STOP
STOP
TAIL
REVERSE
FOG
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
DIP
SIDE
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
MIRROR TINT
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
WR
LF34-1
LF34-2
WR
LF24-1
LF24-2
31
II
32
II
33
II
LF34-3
LF24-3
GS
GS
LFS6
GS
LF60-15
GS
LFS9
LF2BR
B
B
LFS8
LF1AL
B
B
0
BK
FCS47
FC3BR
BK
FC55-6
FC55-5
FC55-2
1
2
3
WR
203 Ω 187 Ω
Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling
Fig. 09.3
LEVELING SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC14-24
O
FC14-84
FC14-80
NB
15
NW
S
FC14-85
S
S
U
RW
FC14-41
DD3-6
DD3-7
1
DD10-14DD11-20
OI
DD10-1
N
25
BK
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
GW
B
GY
S
S
S
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
U
DP10-14
O
DP10-1
N
47
GW
S
S
S
U
DP10-9
DP10-16
BK
DD1-6
DD1-3
DP1-6
DP1-3
S
U
S
U
BK
DD10-8
DD10-17
DDS7
BK
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
B
DP10-8
DP10-17
DD1-2
DD1-21
B
DP3-6
DP3-7 DP11-20
I
GYBK
DPS7
DP1-2
DP1-21
BK
B
BK
BK
GW
GW
ACS5
ACS6
B
B
DD14-2 DD14-1
DP14-2 DP14-1
NW B
FC31-2 FC31-1
NW B
FC32-2 FC32-1
NW B
RH3-2 RH3-1
PW RY
BT56-2 BT56-1
PW RY
BT59-2 BT59-1
B
FC33 FC34FC14-101
O
PW
FC14-74
O
RW
FCS1
RH2-5
RH2-6 BT1-5 BTS25 BTS26
PW PW PW
FCS36
PW
NW
BK
RF8-3RF8-1
BK
RF7-3RF7-1
PW
PW
RF1-10
PW
RFS2
PW
BK
RF10-1
RF10-4
RF10-5
RF1-12
RW
BT29
BT29-1 BT29-2
RY RY
BTS6
RY
BT46-1
BT46-2
BK
19.1
19.1
FCS46 (LHD)
FCS50 (RHD)
B
FC2BR
(FC2BL)
BTS21
BT1AR
BK
FCS46
B
FC2BR
(FC4BR)
RFS1
BK
RF1-3
DD1-1
BK
FC3BR
DDS1
B
FC4AL
(FC2AL)
DP1-1
DPS1
B
FC2AL
(FC4AL)
B
B
B+
B+
FCS11
FCS12
AC14
-9 AC14
-8
US
US
RH1S
RHS2
B
–
+
–
+
–
+
FC14-104
NY
19
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OU
OY
38
DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
I
WO
FC14-15
I
WN
FC14-32
I
16
I
5
II
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS48
FC3BL
BK
FC14-67
I
UR
PW
FCS50 (LHD)
FCS46 (RHD)
B
FC4BL
(FC4BR)
I
I
I
I
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking.
Interior Lighting Interior Lighting
Fig. 10.1
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
LH FOOT WELL
LAMP
RH FOOT WELL
LAMP
REAR INTERIOR LAMP
(COUPE ONLY)
LH TRUNK LAMP
RH TRUNK LAMP TRUNK SWITCH
GLOVE BOX LAMP
LH VANITY LAMP
RH VANITY LAMP
ROOF CONSOLE
DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
PASSENGER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
SCP
SCP
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
LOGIC
POWER
LOGIC
POWER
B+ (LOGIC)
B+ (LIGHTING)
FADE 1
ILLUMINATION
ENABLE
FADE 2
POWER
LOGIC
LH MAP LAMP
SWITCH
RH MAP LAMP
SWITCH
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
LH MAP LAMP
RH MAP LAMP
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC23-8
FC23-4
O
I
B
FC2BR
(FC4BR)
RK
RY
FC23-3
WN
14
I
FC23-6
RO
FCS4
FC79
-8
NP
51
Y
GG
UOUO
Y
RLG
SC11-4
SC11-5
SC11-6
SC11-2
BK
FC3BL
BK
SCS1FCS48
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY
SCS2
RY RY
FCS9
RY
09.2
RY
RLG
SC11-3
RY
SC3-8
SC3-11
SC3-10
SC3-9
G
UO
Y
RLG
FC23-5
FC23-12
I
O
FC23-11
NP
50
FC23-10
B+
B+
FC23-9
FCS46
B
FC25
-28 FC25
-27
FC43
-8
FC26
-21
FC55
-10 FC55
-4
FCS72
IC10
-3 IC10
-4
FC43
-9
FC23-2
O
RO
FC23-1
O
RO
RO RLG
FC23-7
O
RU
FCS73
RU
RU
IC1
-6
RLG
IC1
-5
RLG
RLG
RLGRLG
RG
FCS3
RK
RB
FC43
-7
FC55
-16
B
FC79
-16
BK
FC25
-26
BBRD
FC63-10
B
FC63-5 FC63-1
RU
RU
FC35-10
FC35-1FC35-5
RLG
BK
FCS47
BK
FC3BR
RU B
FC62-9 FC62-7
RK
B
FC27-3 FC27-4
B
DD17-5DD17-4
RK
RK
B
FC41-4 FC41-2
RK
B
FC59 FC42-1
RK B
FC88-5 FC88-10
RK B
FC67-9 FC67-5
RK
B
DP17-3 DP17-4
RK
FC4BL
(FC2BL)
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
FC2AL
(FC4AL)
DP1-9
B
DD5-9DD5-1
RK
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
FCS49
B
07.1
B
AC15-7
RK
ACS7DDS5 DD1-9
RK RK
RK
FC4AL
(FC2AL)
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
FC3BL
FCS48
BK
FCS49
B
CE2
FCS49
B
FCS50
B
B
DDS1
DD1-1
B
B
DPS1
DP1-1
B
BK
09.1
I
14.1
SC2-9
I
O
RK
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Dimmer-Controlled Lighting
Fig. 10.2
MINOR INSTRUMENT
PACK MAJOR INSTRUMENT
PACK RADIO AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL PANEL CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
DIMMER CONTROL
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
MODE SWITCH
(TRANSMISSION)
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH
CIGAR LIGHTER
CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL
RELEASE SWITCH
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION
MODULE
VALET SWITCH
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
HAZARD LH SEAT
HEATER RH SEAT
HEATER FOG
LAMPS TRACTION HEADLAMP
LEVELING
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
DIP
SIDE
OFF
BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON
LOCATE
LOCATE
LOCATE
A/CCM
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
LOCATE
LOCATE
LOCATE
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
LOCATE
LOCATE
LOCATE
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
WP
FC16-6 FC16-2
O
OI
FCS49
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
BB
11
II
UB
R
S
FC16-4 FC16-5
FC16-8
EM2-7 LL2-1
EM2-1
LL1-1
LL1-2 LL2-2
R
S
R
S
WP
FC16-6 FC16-2
O
OI
FCS49
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
BB
11
II
UB
R
S
FC16-4 FC16-5
FC16-8
EM18-1
EM18-2
EM2-7
EM2-1
R
S
08.1
08.1
B+
B+
I
I
Power Assisted Steering Power Assisted Steering
Fig. 11.1
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONVERTER
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONVERTER
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
LHD
RHD
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC14-40
FC14-87
I
FC14-84
FC14-80
NB
15
WU
SK
S
FC14-85
S
19.1
19.1 S
U
FC14-32
WN
16
I
FC14-102
NY
42
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS48
FC3BL
BK
FC14-67
I
UR
FC14-11
I
YB
20 NP SK
270 Ω
100 Ω
470 Ω
820 Ω
SC3-5 SC3-6
SC2-9
BK BK
SCS1
YB
SC3-7
BK
FCS48
FC3BL
BK
FC14-93
YK
FC14-99
OPN
FC14-100
OBR
FC14-66
PU
FC14-78
OPG
FC14-52
OBS
BG
WU YK PN BR
WGWU K N R
FC60
-5 FC60
-3 FC60
-1 FC60
-6
BW
WU PU PG BS
WGWU U G S
FC61
-6
FC61
-3 FC61
-4 FC61
-1 FC61
-8
FC60
-2
FCS17
I
I
–
+
DD11-21
I
UP
DD11-6
I
KS
DD11-22
I
UN
DD11-2
I
UG
35 DD5-7DD5-5
DD5-10
DD5-6
DD5-8
NW
DD10-1
N
25 B+
FC14-15
WO
FC14-41
RW I
I
I
1
5
II
BK
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD11-20
I
BK
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
B
GYBK
DD10-8
DD10-17
DDS7
DD1-2
DD1-21
B
BK
DD10-9
S
DD10-16
S
S
U–
+
DD1-8
DD1-3
S
U
ACS5
ACS6
S
U
AC14-8
AC14-9
S
U
FC14-58
I
FC87-1
SBBKBK
FCS47
FC3BR
FC87-3
SBBK
FC14-91
FC14-90
B
FC14-25
FC2BR
(FC4BR)
FCS46
B
SC9-1 SC9-3
SC9-7 SC9-5
S
U
FCS11
FCS12
I
O
O
O
I
I
NP
Steering Column Movement Steering Column Movement
Fig. 11.2
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
COLUMN JOY STICK
AUTO TILT SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOTE: Memory circuit –
Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
STEERING
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
MIRROR
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS
SCP
SCP
UP
DOWN
FORE
AFT
MEMORY 1
MEMORY SET
MEMORY 2
SET MEMORY
STATUS
B+ (LOGIC)
B+ (COLUMN
MOTORS)
COLUMN
MOTOR
POWER
LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
TILT REACH
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC14-80
NB
15
S
S
–
+
FC14-32
WN
16
I
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
S
B+
S
U
FCS11
FCS12
DD10-20
O
DD10-1
N
25
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
WU
S
S
S
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
DP10-20
O
DP10-1
N
47 WU
S
S
S
U
DP10-9
DP10-16
BK
DD1-8
DD1-3
DP1-8
DP1-3
S
U
S
U
DDS7
B
BK
B+
B+
DD10-22
PK
DD10-4
O
PN
DD10-21
O
PU
DD10-3
PG
DD10-2
O
BY
DP10-22
PK
DP10-4
O
PN
DP10-21
O
PU
DP10-3
PG
DP10-2
O
BY
AC14
-9
AC14
-8
US
ACS6
ACS5
DD11-21
I
UP
DD11-6
I
KS
DD11-22
I
UN
DD11-2
UG
DD11-1
I
OB
DD11-17
I
OR
DD11-10
I
YO
DD11-3
I
SN
DD11-9
I
YN
35
DD5-7DD5-5
DD5-10
DD5-6
DD5-8
NW
36
DD10-8
BK
DD10-17
B
NW
BK
DD17-2DD17-10
DD17-11
DD17-12
DD17-1
DD17-13
DD17-14
DD17-20
DDS7
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
DD1-2
DD1-21
BK
DD1-2
BK
BKWU PK PN PU PG BY
WGWU K N U G Y
DD8
-2
BKWU PK PN PU PG BY
WGWU K N U G Y
DP8
-2
DD8
-6 DD8
-8 DD8
-3 DD8
-5 DD8
-10 DD8
-4 DP8
-6 DP8
-8 DP8
-3 DP8
-5 DP8
-10 DP8
-4
I
I
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
BK
DPS7
B
BK
DP10-8
BK
DP10-17
B
DP1-2
DP1-21
I
I
WG
11.4
–
+
–
+
FC25-24
FC25-47
C
C
+
–
S
S
FC25-20
U
FC25-19
S
–
+
Y
G
FC14-58
I
FC87-1
SBBKBK
FCS47
FC3BR
FC87-3
SBBK
FC14-15
WO
FC14-41
RW
I
I
I
1
5
II
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD11-20
I
GYBK
DDS7
19.1
19.1
BK
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
BK
DD1-2
19.1
19.1
I
I
I
I
US
O
Mirror Movement Mirror Movement
Fig. 11.3
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
NOTE: Memory circuit –
Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
MIRROR
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MIRROR
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
REVERSE
GEAR
VEHICLE
SPEED
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS
MEMORY 1
MEMORY SET
MEMORY 2
SET MEMORY STATUS
UP
DOWN
LEFT
RIGHT
DIRECTION
LH VERTICAL
LH HORIZONTAL
FOLD-BACK
RH VERTICAL
RH HORIZONTAL
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE:
FOLD-BACK MIRRORS
LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
LOGIC
POWER
SCP
SCP
CAN
CAN
VERTICAL HORIZONTAL VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
POWER
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
DD8-12
RF2-1
DD10-1
N
25
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
S
S
S
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
BK
DD1-8
DD1-3
S
U
DDS7
BK
B+
ACS6
ACS5
DD10-8
BK
DD1-2DD11-15
I
36 NW
BK
DD17-10
DD17-1
DD17-20
DDS7
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
BK
DD1-2
BK
WG
S
U
S
U
FCS11
FCS12
AC14-9
AC14-8
SD5-5
NK
7
S
S
S
U
SD5-10
SD5-9
SD1-3
SD1-8
S
U
B+
SP5-5
NK
30
S
S
S
U
SP5-10
SP5-9
SP1-3
SP1-8
S
U
B+
FC6L
(FC5L)
SD5-2
B
SDS3
B
SD1-1
B
FC5S
(FC6S)
SP5-2
B
SPS3
B
SP1-1
B
SD3-4
R
SP3-4
R
O
O
BT40-6
NK
52
B+
BT40-5
O
YW
BK
BT1AR
BK
BK
BTS21
S
S
S
U
BT40-16
BT40-8
BT1-10
BT1-11
S
U
RH12-15
RH12-16
S
U
BT40-13
BT40-14
DD8-1
DD8-7
DP8-7
DP8-1
DP8-12
DD1-20
DD1-6
DD1-14
DP1-14
DP1-6
DP1-20
PB
R
S
S
R
PB
16
II
PB
WR
RF1-14AC13-19
PB
PB
PB
PB
PBPB
RF2-4
RF2-2
RF2-3
YW
BK
S
U
BTS9
YW
YW
09.2
09.2
BT1-19 RH2-17 RF1-2
YWYW
FC3BR
FCS6
ACS9
R
SR
SR
R
SR
SR
FCS7
19.1
19.1
RF1-3 RFS1
BKBK
U
S
FC25-20
FC25-19
C
C
+
–
S
S
FC25-24
Y
FC25-47
G
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
SR
SP1-7
R
SD1-7
YW
AC16-4
AC16-6
AC13-20
AC13-18
R
SR
SR
R
R
R
B+
DDS3
DPS3
R
R
I
I
I
I
I
FC14-42
UY
FC14-16
RY
SC2-9
BK
FC3BL
BK
SCS1FCS48
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY
SCS2
RY
UY
RY
FCS9
I
I
BK
SC2-1
YUYU
RF1-11 RF2-5
YUYU
S
S
S
U
FC14-84
FC14-85
–
+
FC14-80
NB
15
FC14-79
NG
49
5
II
WO
FC14-15
B+
B+
I
19.1
19.1
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors
Fig. 11.4
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 11.3 for mirror movement.
MIRROR
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MIRROR
CONTROL
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
MIRROR
CONTROL
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
LIGHTING
CONTROL
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR
UP
DOWN
LEFT
RIGHT
DIRECTION
LH VERTICAL
LH HORIZONTAL
FOLD-BACK
RH VERTICAL
RH HORIZONTAL
SCP
SCP
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
VEHICLE
SPEED
REVERSE
GEAR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
POWER
LOGIC
CAN
CAN
MIRROR TINT
SLIP MECHANISM
SLIP MECHANISM
MIRROR TINT
MIRROR TINT
AUTO
HEADLAMPS
REVERSE LAMPS
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
W
R
W
R
BT69-20
BT69-10
BT69-27
NS
57
B
BT2BL
PB
BT69-11
WR
BT69-28
19.1
19.1 K
O
RH12-13
25
II
D
D
BT69-18
US
6
II
7
II
USUS
US
US
WO
WO
AC26-4 AC26-1
FCS35
AC24-4 AC24-1
RH1-19
ACS16
US
AC13-3
I
B
B
GB
GB
BT69-26BT1-9
US
BTS5
US
BT69-1
08.1 SO
BT69-24
08.1 ON
O
I
SO
ON
BT3-10
BT3-9
RH12-2
RH12-1
SO
ON
LF43-A
LF43-B
LF44-A
LF44-B
RL2-A
RL2-B
RR2-A
RR2-B
RH12-14
RH12-11
RH12-12
BT3-11
BT69-34
OU
BT69-15
OOP
BT69-32
OK
BT69-13
OOR
BT69-33
OY
BT69-14
OOG
BT69-31
OW
BT69-30
OOB
O
O
O
O
BT3-16
BT3-15
LF1-19
LF1-18
BT3-18
BT3-17
LF60-19
LF60-20
OY
OG
OW
OB
OY
OG
OW
OB
OY
OG
OW
OB
OU
OP
OK
OR
EM59-3
U
EM59-1
EM59-2
UW
PB
B+
FC7-2
FC7-3
U
FC7-1
UW
UB
BT52-2
BT52-3
BT52-1
BT69-21
UB
BT69-3
UW
BT69-25
OU
BT69-22
RB
BT3-14
BT3-13
BT3-12
RH12-6
RH12-7
RH12-8
RH12-9
FCS84
FCS83BTS27
BTS28
PB
UB
UW
U
PB
UW
U
U
UW
RB
EM3-12
EM3-10
EM3-9
B+
B+
I
I
I
B+
B+
U
UW
UW
U
O
I
BT72-3
BT72-4
BT73-3
BT73-4
RL3-1
RL3-2
RR3-1
RR3-2
Suspension Adaptive Damping Suspension Adaptive Damping
Fig. 11.5
BRAKE SWITCH
(LHD)
BRAKE SWITCH
(RHD)
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
LH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
RH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
LATERAL
ACCELEROMETER (FRONT)
FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
REAR VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LATERAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
SD3-3
SD5-8
O
I
SD5-5
NK
7
B
FC6R
(FC5R)
OK
B
G
B+
SD11-3
FC14-80
NB
15
S
S
–
+
FC14-32
WN
16
I
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
S
B+
S
U
FCS11
FCS12
DD10-1
N
25
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
S
S
S
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
S
U
SD5-10
SD5-9
BK
DD1-8
DD1-3
SD1-3
SD1-8
S
U
S
U
DDS7
B
BK
B+
AC14-9
AC14-8
U
S
ACS6
DD11-21
I
UP
DD11-6
I
KS
DD11-22
I
UN
DD11-2
UG
35
DD5-7DD5-5
DD5-10
DD5-6
DD5-8
NW
DD10-8
BK
DD10-17
B
DD1-2
DD1-21
FC14-86 (LHD)
FC14-35 (RHD)
ON (LHD) OU (RHD)
FC14-69 (LHD)
FC14-17 (RHD)
OK (LHD) OS (RHD)NR
16
BK
FCS47
BK
FC3BR
O
I
SD5-2
SD5-1
FC6L
(FC5L)
B
B
SD1-6
SD1-1
SD3-13
I
GN
SD3-14
I
GP
SD3-12
I
KY
SD3-11
I
KW
SD3-16
I
GY
SD3-15
I
GW
SD3-9
I
UY
SD3-10
I
UW
SD11-11
SD11-12
SD11-5
SD11-7
SD11-8
SD11-6
SD11-13
SD20-1SD20-2
N
21
N
22
SD11-9
OR
B
SD14-3
SD14-1
SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3
R
B
SD3-6
O
OR
SD3-5
O
OB
SD4-1
WG
SD4-5
O
W
SD4-11
WY
SD3-1
O
PS
SD3-2
O
PO
SD4-18
WB
SD4-2
O
WU
SD4-12
WO
SD3-7
O
KS
O
KO
SD4-6
WN
SD4-14
O
WP
SD4-10
WR
SD5-3
O
US
SD5-4
O
UO
OB
OK
SDS3SD14-2 SD1-1
BB
FC6L
(FC5L)
SD8
-5 SD7
-5 SD9
-5
SD8
-6 SD7
-6 SD9
-6
SD8
-2 SD7
-2 SD9
-2
SD8
-1 SD7
-1 SD9
-1
SD8
-3 SD7
-3 SD9
-3
WY PS PO WO KS KO WR US UOWG W WB WU WN WP
19.1
19.1
I
I
I
FC55-7 (LHD)
FC55-14 (RHD)
FC55-2
FC55-8 (LHD)
FC55-15 (RHD)
FC55-9
SD3-8
RB
–
+
–
+
I
FC14-15
WO
I
FC14-41
RW
I
1
5
II
S
S
–
+
FC25-20
U
FC25-19
S
ACS5
S
U
FC25-24
FC25-47
C
C
+
–
Y
G
19.1
19.1
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
**
B
SDS3
O
Driver Seat: Memory Driver Seat: Memory
Fig. 12.1
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK
SEAT BELT SWITCH
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION DRIVER SQUAB
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
SEAT HEATER
STATE
MEMORY 1
MEMORY SET
MEMORY 2
SET MEMORY STATUS
LUMBAR
SEAT
RECLINE
INFLATE
DEFLATE
SEAT
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
POWER
LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
SEAT BELT
FASTENED
POWER
SCP
SCP
THERMOSTAT
HEATER HEATER
SOLENOID VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
SQUAB RECLINE
FORE / AFT SEAT
FORE / AFT SEAT
RAISE / LOWER
VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
VEHICLE
SPEED
MAJOR
INSTRUMENT PACK
CAN
CAN
** NOTE: Module identification.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
SD3-3
SD5-8
O
I
SD5-5
NK
7
OK
G
B+
SD11-3
FC14-80
NB
15
S
S
–
+
FC14-32
WN
16
I
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
S
B+
S
U
FCS11
FCS12
S
S
S
U
SD5-10
SD5-9
SD1-3
SD1-8
S
U
O
I
SD3-13
I
GN
SD3-14
I
GP
SD3-12
I
KY
SD3-11
I
KW
SD3-16
I
GY
SD3-15
I
GW
SD3-9
I
UY
SD3-10
I
UW
SD11-11
SD11-12
SD11-5
SD11-7
SD11-8
SD11-6
SD11-13
SD20-1SD20-2
N
21
OR
B
SD14-3
SD14-1
SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3
R
B
SD3-6
O
OR
SD3-5
O
OB
SD3-1
O
PS
SD3-2
O
PO
SD3-7
O
KS
SD3-8
O
KO
SD5-3
O
US
SD5-4
O
UO
OB
OK
SDS3SD14-2 SD1-1
BB
FC6L
(FC5L)
SD8
-1 SD7
-1 SD9
-1
SD8
-3 SD7
-3 SD9
-3
PS PO KS KO US UO
19.1
19.1
N
22
SD11-9
–
+
RB
FC14-15
WO
I
5
II
I
FC14-86 (LHD)
FC14-35 (RHD)
ON (LHD) OU (RHD)
FC14-69 (LHD)
FC14-17 (RHD)
OK (LHD) OS (RHD)NR
16
BK
FCS47
BK
FC3BR
FC55-7 (LHD)
FC55-14 (RHD)
FC55-2
FC55-8 (LHD)
FC55-15 (RHD)
FC55-9
B
FC6R
(FC5R)
B
SD5-2
SD5-1
FC6L
(FC5L)
B
B
SD1-6
SD1-1
I
I
**
B
SDS3
Driver Seat: Non Memory Driver Seat: Non Memory
Fig. 12.2
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT BELT SWITCH
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION DRIVER SQUAB
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
SEAT HEATER
STATE
LUMBAR
SEAT
RECLINE
SEAT
INFLATE
DEFLATE
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
POWER
LOGIC
SEAT BELT
FASTENED
POWER
SCP
SCP
THERMOSTAT
HEATER HEATER
SOLENOID VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
SQUAB RECLINE
FORE / AFT SEAT
FORE / AFT SEAT
RAISE / LOWER
VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
** NOTE: Module identification.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
SP3-3SP5-8
O
SP5-5
NK
30
OK
B
G
B+
SP11-3
FC14-80
NB
15
S
S
–
+
FC14-32
WN
16
I
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
S
B+
S
U
FCS11
FCS12
S
S
S
U
SP5-10
SP5-9
SP1-3
SP1-8
S
U
SP5-1SP1-6
SP3-13
I
GN
SP3-14
I
GP
SP3-12
I
KY
SP3-11
I
KW
SP3-16
I
GY
SP3-15
I
GW
SP3-9
I
UY
SP3-10
I
UW
SP11-11
SP11-12
SP11-5
SP11-7
SP11-8
SP11-6
SP11-13
SP20-1
SP20-2
N
43
44
OR
B
SP14-3
SP14-1
SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3
R
B
SP3-6
O
OR
SP3-5
O
OB
SP3-1
O
PS
SP3-2
O
PO
SP3-7
O
KS
SP3-8
O
KO
SP5-3
O
US
SP5-4
O
UO
OB
OK
SPS3SP14-2 SP1-1
BB
FC5S
(FC6S)
SP8
-1 SP7
-1 SP9
-1
SP8
-3 SP7
-3 SP9
-3
PS PO KS KO US UO
19.1
19.1
B
SP5-2
FC5S
(FC6S)
B
SP1-1
N
SP11-9
–
+
RB
FC14-15
WO
I
5
II
I
O
I
FC14-35 (LHD)
FC14-86 (RHD)
OU (LHD) ON (RHD)
FC14-17 (LHD)
FC14-69 (RHD)
OS (LHD) OK (RHD)NR
16
BK
FCS47
BK
FC3BR
FC55-14 (LHD)
FC55-7 (RHD)
FC55-2
FC55-15 (LHD)
FC55-8 (RHD)
FC55-9
I
I
**
B
SPS3
Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement
Fig. 12.3
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT BELT
SWITCH WIRING
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION PASSENGER SQUAB
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
SEAT HEATER
STATE
LUMBAR
SEAT
RECLINE
SEAT
INFLATE
DEFLATE
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
POWER
LOGIC
NOT CONNECTED
NOT USED
POWER
SCP
SCP
THERMOSTAT
HEATER HEATER
SOLENOID VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
SQUAB RECLINE
FORE / AFT SEAT
FORE / AFT SEAT
RAISE / LOWER
VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
** NOTE: Module identification.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
SP3-3
O
SP5-5
NK
30
OK
B+
SP11-3
FC14-80
NB
15
S
S
–
+
FC14-32
WN
16
I
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
S
B+
S
U
FCS11
FCS12
S
S
S
U
SP5-10
SP5-9
SP1-3
SP1-8
S
U
SP3-13
I
GN
SP3-14
I
GP
SP3-16
I
GY
SP3-15
I
GW
SP3-9
I
UY
SP3-10
I
UW
SP11-11
SP11-12
SP11-5
SP11-7
SP11-8
SP11-6
SP11-13
44
OR
B
SP14-3
SP14-1
SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3
R
B
SP3-6
O
OR
SP3-5
O
OB
SP3-1
O
PS
SP3-2
O
PO
SP3-7
O
KS
SP3-8
O
KO
OB
OK
SPS3SP14-2 SP1-1
BB
FC5S
(FC6S)
SP8
-1 SP7
-1
SP8
-3 SP7
-3
PS PO KS KO
19.1
19.1
N
SP11-9
–
+
RB
FC14-15
WO
I
5
II
I
O
I
FC14-35 (LHD)
FC14-86 (RHD)
OU (LHD) ON (RHD)
FC14-17 (LHD)
FC14-69 (RHD)
OS (LHD) OK (RHD)NR
16
BK
FCS47
BK
FC3BR
FC55-14 (LHD)
FC55-7 (RHD)
FC55-2
FC55-15 (LHD)
FC55-8 (RHD)
FC55-9
SP5-8
G
SP20-1SP20-2
N
43
B
SP5-1SP1-6
B
SP5-2
FC5S
(FC6S)
B
SP1-1
I
I
**
B
SPS3
Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement
Fig. 12.4
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION PASSENGER SQUAB
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
SEAT HEATER
STATE
LUMBAR
RECLINE
SEAT
INFLATE
DEFLATE
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
NOT CONNECTED
POWER
LOGIC
POWER
SCP
SCP
THERMOSTAT
HEATER HEATER
SOLENOID VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
SQUAB RECLINE
FORE / AFT SEAT
FORE / AFT
VARIANT: 2-Way Movement Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
SEAT BELT
SWITCH WIRING
NOT USED
** NOTE: Module identification.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
B
BK
FC14-71
FC14-5
O
I
FC14-80
NB
15
SR
5
II
WO
FC14-15
8
II
RG
FC14-33
SP
FC67-4FC67-5
B
FCS50
B
RW
FC14-41
1
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS48
FC3BL
BK
FC14-67
I
UR
B+
S
S
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
S
FCS11
FCS12
FC4BL
(FC2BL)
SW
FC41-6FC41-3
BK
SO
FC41-10
FC14-31
I
FC14-55
I
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD10-6DD11-20
OI
DD10-1
N
25
BK
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
SU
B
GY
S
S
S
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
DP10-6
O
DP10-1
N
47
SU
S
S
S
U
DP10-9
DP10-16
DD1-8
DD1-3
DP1-8
DP1-3
S
U
S
U
BK
DD10-8
DD10-17
DDS7
BK
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
B
DP10-8
DP10-17
DD1-2
DD1-21
B
DP3-6
DP3-7 DP11-20
I
GYBK
DPS7
DP1-2
DP1-21
BK
B
BK
BK
ACS5
ACS6
B+
B+
AC14
-9 AC14
-8
U
S
US
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
DD11-5
I
OU
OY
LGU
37
38
DD3-5DD3-13
DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
NW
DP11-5
I
LGU
33
DP3-5DP3-13
NW
DD10-5
O
SY
DP10-5
O
SY
BT40-16
S
BT40-8
S
S
U
BT40-15
NY
61
B+
BT40-2
O
BT40-13
BK
BT1AR
BT40-1
O
BT41-19
YR
I
BT40-14
BK
BK
BTS21
BT1-10
BT1-11
S
U
RH2-11
RH2-12
S
U
RY
BTS6
BK
BT46-2
BT46-1
RY
BTS21
BT1AR
BK
BT41-5
I
BT41-7
YP
I
SR
SG
BOR
BT43-2 BT43-1
BOB
IC24-2 IC24-1
NR
NR
FC2BR
(FC4BR)
FCS46
S
U
RH20-2
RH20-1
I
BTS20
BT1AL
B
RH20-2
BRD
RH20-1
W
I
BK
DD3-8DD3-9
DD3-3
DD3-2
DD3-1
SY
SG
SU
Y
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
DDS7
DD1-2
BK
BK
ACS2
RH2-14 RH2-2
BT2-16
BT2-7
DD1-16AC13-6 (LHD)
AC13-17 (RHD)
DD1-19
SG
BK
DP3-8DP3-9
DP3-3
DP3-2
DP3-1
SY
SG
SU
Y
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
DPS7
DP1-2
BK
BK
DP1-16AC13-17 (LHD)
AC13-6 (RHD)
DP1-19
SG
31
32
B
SG
AC15-1
YRYP
YR (LHD)
YP (RHD) YR
YP
BRD
W
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
I
I
I
FC14-58
I
FC87-1
SBBKBK
FCS47
FC3BR
FC87-3
SB
BK
19.1
19.1
YP (LHD)
YR (RHD)
FC24
8
7
10
6
9
B
RHS3
RH7
-1 RH7
-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
IC4-3
OB
IC4-4
B
Central Door Locking Central Door Locking
Fig. 13.1
NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia
Switch activates emergency unlock.
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL
RELEASE SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
SWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
LOCK
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
TRUNK SWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
DOOR LOCKING
RELAY
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
(CONVERTIBLE)
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
(COUPE)
TRUNK RELEASE
SOLENOID
FUEL FILL FLAP
SOLENOID
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
TRUNK
FUEL FILL
EXTERIOR HANDLE
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
EXTERIOR HANDLE
POWER
LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
LOGIC
POWER
SCP
SCP
LOCK STATUS
LOCK STATUS
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC14-43
O
FC14-80
NB
15
BLG
FC14-104
NY
19
NU
#7 30A
3
1
5
2
4
YS
YR
LF6-1
LF6-10
FC14-9
I
LGU
FC14-37
I
LGR
FC14-15
WO
5
II
WO
2
II
WO
LGU
LGO
LGK
LGR
FC14-34
I
LGK
FC14-94
I
LGO
FC14-26
O
YG
FC14-6
YW
FC14-18
O
YS YS
LF1-17
SC1-7
SC1-5
SC1-6
SC1-8SC1-9
LF25-1LF25-2
B
LF1AR
LF27-1LF27-2
B
LFS7
B
LF27-3
LF1-15
LF1-16
YG
YW
EM51-4 (LHD)
EM51-2 (RHD)
B
RY
EM51-2 (LHD)
EM51-4 (RHD)
EM51-1 (LHD)
EM51-5 (RHD)
EM51-3
9
10
11
N
KG
KG
NU
BLG
NU
B
WLG
U
R
R
U
B
LF3BS
LFS18
RY
LF3-3
LF3-4
LF3-2
R
U
LF3-5
B
NLG
BW
BR
B
LF3BS
LFS18
LF60-16
BLG
FC14-19
O
WLG
LF60-17
WLG
FC14-60
RY
LF1-14
RY
I
4
560 Ω
1.3 ΚΩ
2.7 ΚΩ
5.1 ΚΩ
11 ΚΩ
51 ΚΩ
I
LF48
3
1
5
2
4
LF49
3
1
5
2
4
I
FC14-16
RY
SC2-9
BK
FC3BL
BK
SCS1FCS48
BK
SCS2
RY
FCS9
RY
10.2
I
BK
SC2-1
YUYU
11.4
RY RY
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System
Fig. 14.1
WASH / WIPE STALK
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
POWERWASH
PUMP
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP
AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY
WIPER MOTOR
WASH
FAST WIPE
SLOW WIPE
FLICK WIPE
INTERMITTENT
WIPE
DELAY
POWER
LOGIC
PARK SWITCH
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
FLUID LEVEL
FAST
SLOW
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
POWERWASH RELAY (#4)
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
DD16-4
DD16-2
BK
S
S
–
+
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
S
DD10-13
O
DD10-1
N
25
BK
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
PO
B
S
S
S
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
DP10-13
O
DP10-1
N
47
S
S
S
U
DP10-9
DP10-16
DD1-8
DD1-3
DP1-8
DP1-3
S
U
S
U
DD10-8
DD10-17
DDS7
BK
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
B
DP10-8
DP10-17
DD1-2
DD1-21
B
DPS7
DP1-2
DP1-21
BK
B
BK
BK
ACS5
ACS6
B+
B+
AC14
-9 AC14
-8
US
US
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OU
OY
38
DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
DD10-11
PB
DP10-11
S
U
S
S
–
+
FC25-20
U
FC25-19
S
FCS11
FCS12
19.1
19.1
FC14-63
SW
FC14-10
SR
FC14-89
LGR
FC14-62
LGU
FC14-36
LGW
FC14-98
GB
FC14-77
GP
FC62-6
FC62-1
RF1-4
RF1-5
RF1-6
RH12-16
RH12-17
OLG
RH12-15
RF1-13
I
I
DP10-18
DP10-10
DD11-7
I
BP
DD10-19
I
BR
DD10-10
I
BG
DD10-18
I
BO
DD17-10
NW
DD17-20
36
BK
DDS7
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
BK
DD1-2
BK
DD17-16
DD17-17
DD17-6
DD17-7
BG
BO
DP17-1
NW
DP17-8
34
BK
DPS7
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
BK
DP1-2
BK
DP17-2
DP17-7
DD10-15
O
OU
DD10-12
PW
DD10-7
O
OB
DP10-15
O
DP10-12
DP10-7
O
DD16-5
DD16-6
DD16-1
DD16-3
I
I
BK
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
BK
DDS7 DD1-2
BK
DP16-4
DP16-2
PO
PB
OU
PW
OB
DP16-5
DP16-6
DP16-1
DP16-3
BK
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
BK
DPS7 DP1-2
BK
I
I
–
+
–
+
26
01.1
01.2
NNONO
NONONONO
NO
DD1-22AC16-1 (LHD)
AC15-20 (RHD)
FCS81
RH2-8BT2-8
48
01.1
01.2
NNYNY
NYNYNYNY
NY
DP1-22AC15-20 (LHD)
AC16-1 (RHD)
FCS82
RH2-13BT2-2
S
S
–
+
BT40-16
BT40-8
S
U
BT1-10
BT1-11
SU
RH2-11
RH2-12
S
U
I
I
I
I
Window Lifts Window Lifts
Fig. 15.1
NOTE: BPM Convertible Top control –
Convertible vehicles only.
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK
CONVERTIBLE
TOP
CONTROL
REMOTE
WINDOW
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
REMOTE
WINDOW
CLOSE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER WINDOW LIFT
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
NOTE: Coupe vehicles only – Convertible Top
fascia harness wiring not used.
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
LH WINDOW UP
LH WINDOW DOWN
RH WINDOW UP
RH WINDOW DOWN
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX
LOCAL WINDOW UP
LOCAL WINDOW DOWN
LOGIC
POWER
LOGIC
POWER
MOVEMENT SENSOR
MOVEMENT SENSOR
SCP
SCP
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
B
U
S
BT40-16
S
BT40-8
S
S
U
BT40-6
NK
52
B+
BT40-13
BK
BT1AR
BT40-14
BK
BK
BTS21
BT1-10
BT1-11
S
U
RH12-15
RH12-16
S
U
BT40-10
BT40-3
O
GB
O
RH2-11
FC14-80
NB
15
FC14-32
WN
16
I
5
II
WO
FC14-15
8
II
RG
FC14-33
B+
FC14-98
S
S
–
+
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
S
FCS11
FCS12
U
S
O
GP
FC14-77
–
+
19.1
19.1
B
BT15-2
W
BT15-1
UG
UO
O
UG
UO
B
W
B
BT54-2 BT54-1
B
BT53-2 BT53-1
BT1AL
B
BTS20
BT40-9
O
GR
BT40-4
O
GW
LGY
RH29-1 RH29-2
LGY
RH1S
B
RHS2
B
BT41-3
LGY
BT3-1
I
NO
NO
BTS18
65
64
BTS20
B
B
B
B
BB
BT1AL BT2BL
GY
BT3-7
GU
BT3-8
GB
GP
O
U
GW
BT3-4
GR
BT3-5
GB
GP
O
U
RH6-3
RH6-1
RH5-3
RH5-1
GY
GU
GW
GR
BT3-3
GB
RH2-15 BT3-6
GP GP
GB
BTS34
BTS33
NR
NR
B
B
B
BT1BR
66
67
NK
NK
53
54
BTS37
NU
NU
B
B
BT1BL
62
63
NK
NK
55
56
BTS35
BT74
3
2
5
1
4
BT76
3
2
5
1
4
FC14-10
SR
I
FC14-63
SW
I
FC14-36
LGW
I
FC14-89
LGR
I
FC14-62
LGU
I
LGU
RF4-3
FC3BR
BK
LGR
RF4-2
LGW
RF4-5 RF4-4
OLG
RF1-13
RH29-3
RFS1
BK
RF4-1 RF1-5
RF1-4
RF1-6
OLG
LGO
RF1-3
BK
FC62-10
FC62-1
FC62-6
FC3BR
BK
FCS47
BK
S
S
S
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
S
U
DP10-9
DP10-16
DD1-8
DD1-3
DP1-8
DP1-3
S
U
S
U
ACS5
ACS6
–
+
–
+
S
S
–
+
FC25-20
U
FC25-19
S
I
I
BT16
3
1
5
2
4
BT17
3
1
5
2
4
RH33-2
RH33-1
RH34-2
RH34-1
AC14-8
AC14-9
S
U
I
OLG
RH12-15
B
Y
G
FC25-24
FC25-47
C
C
+
–
19.1
19.1
Y
G
I
I
BT74
8
7
10
6
9
BT76
8
7
10
6
9
Convertible Top Convertible Top
Fig. 15.2
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CONVERTIBLE TOP
SWITCH
CONVERTIBLE
TOP
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CONVERTIBLE
TOP
CONTROL
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
LH QUARTER UP
RELAY
LH QUARTER DOWN
RELAY
LH QUARTER
LIGHT LIFT
RH QUARTER UP
RELAY
RH QUARTER DOWN
RELAY
RH QUARTER
LIGHT LIFT
TOP UP RELAY
TOP DOWN RELAY
CONVERTIBLE TOP
PUMP
LATCH CONTROL VALVE
MAIN CONTROL VALVE
UP
DOWN
POWER
LOGIC
SCP
SCP
VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
TOP CLOSED
SWITCH
TOP READY-TO-LATCH
SWITCH
TOP LATCH CLOSED
SWITCH
TOP RAISED
SWITCH
TOP DOWN
SWITCH
VEHICLE
SPEED
CAN
CAN
NOTE: RHS2 – Coupe only.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC38
-1
IC10-18
SK
IC10-17
SO
IC10-20
KW
IC10-19
BG
IC10-9
KB
IC10-8
BY
IC10-6
PO
IC10-7
PK
IC1-12
IC1-13
IC1-1
IC1-2
IC1-3
IC1-4
IC1-16
IC1-17
IC1-18
IC1-19
IC1-7
IC1-8
IC1-9
IC1-10
IC1-14
IC1-15
FCS67
FCS68
AC14-13
AC14-14
AC14-4
AC14-3
RH1-20
RH1-12
RH1-5
RH1-6
AC14-1
AC14-2
AC14-12
AC14-11
FCS27
FCS28
P
G
K
O
O
K
G
P
DD1-17
DD1-23
DD1-11
DD1-12
RH1-3
RH1-4
RH1-2
RH1-1
DP1-12
DP1-11
DP1-23
DP1-17
FC38
-2
DP18
-1 DP18
-2
DP19
-1 DP19
-2 RH24
-1 RH24
-2
RH26-1
RH26-2
RH27-1
RH27-2
FC39
-1 FC39
-2
DD18
-1 DD18
-2
DD19
-1 DD19
-2 RH25
-1 RH25
-2
OP
OG
SK
SO
KW
BG
KB
BY
OP
OG
SK
SO
KG
BW
KW
BG
KB
BY
OP
OG
BS
KP
PO
PK
UG
UP
UG
UP
PO
PK
UG
UP
BS
KP
KG
BW
OP OG
UGUP
IC10-5
LGB
58
IC13
RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4
BT19-3
LGB LGB LGB
NG
BT19-6
B
BTS20
B
BT1AL
IC12
O
CE2
BRD
45
B+
NP
IC10-10
B+
WY
IC10-11
22
I
RU
IC10-3
RLG
IC10-4
PO*
IC10-14
PK
IC10-15
PR
IC10-16
UW
IC10-1
PY
IC10-2
10.2
10.2
16.4
16.4
16.4
Y
G
FC25-24
FC25-47
C
C
FC26-20
UW
O
19.1
19.1
I
IC1-11
RU
RLG
3.3 Κ Ω
BO BK
SW4-1 SW2-2
PY
BO BO
FCS48
FC3BL
SC3-12
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
SW1-2
SW2-6 SW1-6
SC3-2 IC2-6
I
PYPY
+
–
SWS1
BO
UY
IC10-12
LGY
IC10-13
UY
LGY
PO
PK
PR
RT20-7
RT20-9
RT20-3
RT20-2
RT20-1
IC2-4
IC2-5
IC2-1
IC2-2
IC2-3
UY
LGY
PO*
PK
PR
IC8 IC7
IC8-1 IC7-1
IC8-2 IC7-2
IC8-3 IC7-3
IC8-4 IC7-4
IC8-5 IC7-5
IC8-6 IC7-6
IC8-7 IC7-7
IC8-8 IC7-8
B
Y
U
B
G
R
W
O
16.4
16.4
IC2-14
Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible
Fig. 16.1
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
RADIO
ANTENNA
ANTENNA
MOTOR
CD AUTO-CHANGER
PASSENGER DOOR
FULL RANGE
PASSENGER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
FULL RANGE
DRIVER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
FULL RANGE
DRIVER DOOR
FULL RANGE
CAN
CAN
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
VEHICLE
SPEED
MODE
SEEK
VOLUME +
VOLUME -
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
CD LINK LEAD
NO CODE
* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
IC10-5
FC38
-1
IC10-18
SK
IC10-17
SO
IC10-20
IC10-19
IC10-8
IC10-9
IC10-6
PO
IC10-7
PK
IC1-12
IC1-13
IC1-1
IC1-2
IC1-3
IC1-4
IC1-16
IC1-17
IC1-18
IC1-19
IC1-7
IC1-8
IC1-9
IC1-10
IC1-14
IC1-15
FCS67
FCS68
AC14-13
AC14-14
AC14-4
AC14-3
RH1-20
RH1-12
RH1-5
RH1-6
AC14-1
AC14-2
AC14-12
AC14-11
FCS27
FCS28
P
G
K
O
O
K
G
P
DD1-17
DD1-23
DD1-11
DD1-12
RH1-3
RH1-4
RH1-2
RH1-1
DP1-12
DP1-11
DP1-23
DP1-17
FC38
-2
DP18
-1 DP18
-2
DP19
-1 DP19
-2
*RH30
-1 *RH30
-2
RH26-1
RH26-2
RH27-1
RH27-2
FC39
-1 FC39
-2
DD18
-1 DD18
-2
DD19
-1 DD19
-2 RH25
-1 RH25
-2
OP
OG
SK
SO
KW
BG
KB
BY
OP
OG
SK
SO
KG
BW
KW
BG
KB
BY
OP
OG
BS
KP
PO
PK
UG
UP
UG
UP
PO
PK
UG
UP
BS
KP
LGB
58
IC13
RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4
BT19-3
LGB LGB LGB
NG
BT19-6
B
BTS20
B
BT1AL
IC12
KG
BW
BS
KP
KG
BW
O
OP OG
UGUP
CE2
BRD
45
B+
NP
IC10-10
B+
WY
IC10-11
22
I
RU
IC10-3
RLG
IC10-4
IC10-14
PK
IC10-15
PR
IC10-16
UW
IC10-1
PY
IC10-2
10.2
10.2
16.4
16.4
16.4
Y
G
FC25-24
FC25-47
C
C
FC26-20
UW
O
19.1
19.1
I
IC1-11
RU
RLG
3.3 Κ Ω
BO BK
SW4-1 SW2-2
PY
BO BO
FCS48
FC3BL
SC3-12
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
SW1-2
SW2-6 SW1-6
SC3-2 IC2-6
I
PYPY
+
–
SWS1
BO
UY
IC10-12
LGY
IC10-13
UY
LGY
PO
PK
PR
RT20-7
RT20-9
RT20-3
RT20-2
RT20-1
IC2-4
IC2-5
IC2-1
IC2-2
IC2-3
UY
LGY
PK
PR
IC8 IC7
IC8-1 IC7-1
IC8-2 IC7-2
IC8-3 IC7-3
IC8-4 IC7-4
IC8-5 IC7-5
IC8-6 IC7-6
IC8-7 IC7-7
IC8-8 IC7-8
B
Y
U
B
G
R
W
O
16.4
16.4
IC2-14
PO*PO*
*RH31
-1 *RH31
-2
RH24
-1 RH24
-2
Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe
Fig. 16.2
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
RADIO
ANTENNA
ANTENNA
MOTOR
CD AUTO-CHANGER
PASSENGER DOOR
FULL RANGE
PASSENGER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
FULL RANGE
DRIVER DOOR
FULL RANGE DRIVER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
FULL RANGE
CAN
CAN
VEHICLE
SPEED
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
MODE
SEEK
VOLUME +
VOLUME -
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
VARIANT: Coupe Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
CD LINK LEAD
NO CODE
* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.
* NOTE: Coupe Connector
code changed to RH30
VIN 024687 ➞.
* NOTE: Coupe Connector
code changed to RH30
VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
PO*PO*
IC10-5 FC38
-1
IC18-6
OP
IC18-16
OG
IC18-14
SK
IC18-13
SO
IC18-11
KG
IC18-3
BW
IC18-7
KW
IC18-17
BG
IC18-8
KB
IC18-18
BY
IC18-2
BS
IC18-10
KP
IC18-4
PO
IC18-12
PK
IC18-15
UG
IC18-5
UP
IC1-12
IC1-13
IC1-1
IC1-2
IC1-3
IC1-4
IC1-16
IC1-17
IC1-18
IC1-19
IC1-7
IC1-8
IC1-9
IC1-10
IC1-14
IC1-15
FCS67
FCS68
AC14-13
AC14-14
AC14-4
AC14-3
RH1-20
RH1-12
RH1-5
RH1-6
AC14-1
AC14-2
AC14-12
AC14-11
FCS27
FCS28
P
G
K
O
O
K
G
P
DD1-17
DD1-23
DD1-11
DD1-12
RH1-3
RH1-4
RH1-2
RH1-1
DP1-12
DP1-11
DP1-23
DP1-17
FC38
-2
DP18
-1 DP18
-2
DP19
-1 DP19
-2
RH26-1
RH26-2
RH27-1
RH27-2
RH26-1
RH26-2
RH27-1
RH27-2
FC39
-1 FC39
-2
DD18
-1 DD18
-2
DD19
-1 DD19
-2
RB
RB
OP
OG
SK
SO
KG
BW
KW
BG
KB
BY
OP
OG
SK
SO
KG
BW
KW
BG
KB
BY
OP
OG
BS
KP
PO
PK
UG
UP
UG
UP
PO
PK
UG
UP
BS
KP
59
60
B+
B+
NG
NG
B
BT1CS
B
IC4-6
IC4-5
B
B
IC17-4
IC17-11
IC17-5
IC17-12
O
IC18-1
I
B
IC17-2
I
Y
IC17-7
I
G
IC17-3
U
IC17-6
I
R
IC17-1
I
BRD
IC14-1
IC14-2
IC14-3
IC14-4
IC14-5
CE2
BRD
58
IC13
IC2-14 RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4
BT19-3
LGB LGB LGB LGB
NG
BT19-6
B
BTS20
B
BT1AL
45 B+
NP
IC10-10
B+
WY
IC10-11
22
I
IC12
RU
IC10-3
RLG
IC10-4
IC10-14
PK
IC10-15
PR
IC10-16
UW
IC10-1
PY
IC10-2
10.2
10.2
16.4
16.4
16.4
Y
G
FC25-24
FC25-47
C
C
FC26-20
UW
O
19.1
19.1
I
IC1-11
RU
RLG
3.3 Κ Ω
BO BK
SW4-1 SW2-2
PY
BO BO
FCS48
FC3BL
SC3-12
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
SW1-2
SW2-6 SW1-6
SC3-2 IC2-6
I
PYPY
O
+
–
SWS1
BO
OP OG
UGUP
UY
IC10-12
LGY
IC10-13
UY
LGY
PO
PK
PR
RT20-7
RT20-9
RT20-3
RT20-2
RT20-1
IC2-4
IC2-5
IC2-1
IC2-2
IC2-3
UY
LGY
PK
PR
IC8 IC7
IC8-1 IC7-1
IC8-2 IC7-2
IC8-3 IC7-3
IC8-4 IC7-4
IC8-5 IC7-5
IC8-6 IC7-6
IC8-7 IC7-7
IC8-8 IC7-8
B
Y
U
B
G
R
W
O
IC14-6
16.4
16.4
RH24
-1 RH24
-2
RH25
-1 RH25
-2
(CONV.)
RH30
-1 RH30
-2
* (COUPE)
RH31
-1 RH31
-2
(CONV.)
* (COUPE)
Premium In-Car Entertainment Premium In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 16.3
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
CD AUTO-CHANGER
RADIO
ANTENNA
ANTENNA
MOTOR
POWER AMPLIFIER
PASSENGER SIDE
SQUAWKER
(FASCIA)
PASSENGER
DOOR
TWEETER PASSENGER DOOR
MID-BASS
PASSENGER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
MID-RANGE
PASSENGER SIDE
REAR SUB-WOOFER
(CONVERTIBLE)
DRIVER SIDE
REAR SUB-WOOFER
(CONVERTIBLE)
REAR SUB-WOOFER
(COUPE)
DRIVER SIDE
SQUAWKER
(FASCIA)
DRIVER
DOOR
TWEETER
DRIVER DOOR
MID-BASS DRIVER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
MID-RANGE
CAN
CAN
VEHICLE
SPEED
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
MODE
SEEK
VOLUME +
VOLUME -
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
CD LINK LEAD
NO CODE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.
* NOTE: Coupe Connector
code changed to RH30
VIN 024687 ➞.
* NOTE: Coupe Connector
code changed to RH31
VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
39
B+
NP
RT2-10
B+
LG
RT2-2
21
I
B+
NP
RT2-3
RT5-5
RT5-10
RT5-11
RT20-3
RT20-2
RT20-1
PK
PR
PO
PK
PR
RT2-4
RT2-9
RT20-6
RTS3
FC2CS
(FC4CS)
B
B
B
B
RT2-12
RT2-11
RT2-1
O
RT5-6
B
RT2-6
G
RT5-14
SK
RT5-12
W
RT2-8
SY
RT5-3
SO
RT5-4
SR
RT5-7
W
RT5-13
B
RT5-8
U
RF9-1
RF9-2
RT20-4RF1-17
RT20-5RF1-18
YYY
BRDBRDBRD
RT3-9
RT3-8
RT3-10
RT3-7
RT3-6
RT3-5
RT3-4
RT3-3
RT3-2
RT3-1
S
P
W
G
N
O
Y
R
B
U
RT4-8
RT4-7
RT4-9
RT4-1
RT4-5
RT4-4
RT4-3
RT4-2
RT4-6
RT4-10
BRD
BRD
RT4-11
RT7
RT5-1
BRD
RT6-1
RT4-12
RT6-2
BRD
W
BRD
NP
LG
RT20-10
BT20-8 RTS2
NP
LG
RT5-16 RT20-7
UYUY
RT5-15 RT20-9
LGYLGY
16.1 16.2 16.3
16.1 16.2 16.3
16.1 16.2 16.3
16.1 16.2 16.3
16.1 16.2 16.3
PO*
Radio Telephone Radio Telephone
Fig. 16.4
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
HANDSET
MICROPHONE
TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC30-7
FC29-7
FC29-5
FC30-11
FC30-8
RW
FC30-3
LF51-1
LF51-2
LF51-4
LF50-1
LF50-2
LF50-4
LF2-4
LF2-5
LF2-6
ON
KU
OP
LF2-1
LF2-2
LF2-3
YU
KG
OW
SW10-1
FC74-1
FC74-3
SW10-3
SW11-1
SW11-3
SO
R
KN
RP
RG
KP
RG
KP
B+
14
13
12
RW
WG
RW
FC29-6
R
19.1
FC29-12
FC30-5
FC30-2
FC30-4
FC30-10
FC29-9
FC29-11
FC30-9
FC29-8
ON
KU
OP
YU
KG
OW
FC30-12
FC29-4
BK
FC1S
FCS45
BK
BK
YW
08.1 FCS64
YW
BK
YW
RS
RW
D
FC40-1
FC40-2
FC40-4
FC40-3
O
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
15
II
O
Airbag System Airbag System
Fig. 17.1
AIRBAG
INTERROGATION
CONNECTOR
FUSE BLOW
SWITCH
SAFING
SENSOR
AIRBAG / SRS
CONTROL MODULE
RH
IMPACT
SENSOR
LH
IMPACT
SENSOR
NOTE: This symbol represents a shorting
bar used to short terminals together when the
connector is separated.
DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG
PASSENGER
SIDE AIRBAG
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE
THE AIRBAG SYSTEM 10A BATTERY FUSE
UNLESS THE AIRBAG SYSTEM HAS BEEN
DEACTIVATED.
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE
THE RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG
ASSEMBLY. DOING SO MAY TRIGGER
AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLY
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FUSE
BLOW
DEPLOYMENT POWER
ENERGY RESERVE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: Do not substitute another
fuse value for the Airbag System 10A
Battery fuse.
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC14-80
NB
15
B+
FC14-70
O
GS
B
LFS8
LF1AL
#13 10A
3
1
5
2
4
LF7-5
LF6-6
#11 10A LF7-1
LF60-14
LF15
B
LF14
YB
LF17
B
LF16
YW
YB
YW
GS
B
LFS9
LF2BR
FC14-4
BK BK
SW2-1
GU
BK BK
FCS48
FC3BL
SC2-9
SW1-1
SW2-5 SW1-5
SC3-1
I
GUGU
FC42-2 FC42-1
B
23
I
WU B
FCS49
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
#13
3
2
5
1
1
BT12-5
BT11-6
#11 10A BT12-1
1
4
13
I
WN
PN
B
PN
NLG
27
B
PN
NLG
28
BT58-1 RH14-1
PNPN
BTS38
BT25-1
BT25-3
BT25-2
FC51-1
FC51-3
FC51-2
BT2BR
FC2BL
(FC4BL)
NR
BK
RF10-2
RF10-1
RFS1
BK
RF1-3
BK
FC3BR
17
RF11-1
RF11-2
GU
HP3
HP2
HP1
BK
SCS1
Ancillaries Ancillaries
Fig. 18.1
HORN
SWITCHES
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
HORNS
HORN
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
HORN RELAY (#6)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
RH HORN
LH HORN
CIGAR LIGHTER
CIGAR LIGHTER
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
TRUNK
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
FASCIA
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
ROOF CONSOLE
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
POWER
LOGIC
E
55
DO
1 7 516
52 81
I
SC
1
II
5
E
6
II
38
II
118
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
39
XK8 Range 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC53-10
U
FC53-2
S
FC53-12
P
FC53-13
W
FC53-3
R
FC53-15
K
FC53-7
O
FC53-4
BK
FC53-5
BK
24
6
II
18
I
4
II
FC3BL
FCS48
SP5-10
S
SP5-9
S
S
U
–
+
S
S
S
U
FC14-84
FC14-85
–
+
EM10-26
EM10-25
G
Y
G
Y
EM10-28
EM10-27
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
FC88-4
FC88-3
G
Y
G
Y
FC88-9
FC88-8
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
FC25-24
FC25-47
G
Y
G
Y
FC25-23
FC25-48
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
G
Y
G
Y
EM1-6
EM1-7
NY
WU
WN
WO
G
Y
FC53-16
FC53-9
FC53-8
FC53-1
FC53-6
FC53-14
C
C
+
–
FC25-20
S
FC25-19
S
S
U
–
+
S
S
S
U
BT40-16
BT40-8
–
+
S
S
S
U
DP10-9
DP10-16
–
+
S
S
S
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
–
+
SD5-10
S
SD5-9
S
S
U
–
+
SP1-3
O
K
BT69-28
BT69-10
O
K
EM10-12
EM10-13
SP1-8
SD1-3
SD1-8
S
U
S
U
BT1-10
BT1-11
DP1-8
DP1-3
DD1-8
DD1-3
AC14-8
AC14-9
FCS11
FCS12
ACS5
ACS6
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
RH2-11
RH2-12
S
U
S
S
–
+
FC22-6
O
D
D
D
D
D
AC4-10
AC4-21
O
K
D
D
BT2-19
BT2-20
RH12-4
RH12-5
EM1-1
EM1-2
AC14-5
AC14-6
O
K
O
K
O
K
O
K
D
D
EM11-3
EM13-2
FC29-6
D
D
D
W
P
EM1-5
EM1-20
D
D
D
FCS15
FCS16
B+
B+
BK
EM7-83
EM7-82
G
Y
EM7-86
EM7-85
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
G
Y
LF37-5
LF37-15
+
–
C
C
LF40-3
LF40-4
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y
EM72-H
EM72-L
+
–
C
C
G
Y
LF37-5
LF37-15
+
–
C
C
LF40-3
LF40-4
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y
EMS53
EMS52
AJ26 N/A
AJ26 N/A
G
Y
AJ26 SC
AJ26 SC
G
Y
G
Y
FCCP
VFP
Networks; Serial Data Links Networks; Serial Data Links
Fig. 19.1
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE: AJ26 N/A ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port;
VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
CONTROL MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Serial Data Link:
K wire – serial input
O wire – serial output
O wire only – Bidirectional Serial Communication
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
SERIAL
OUTPUT
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108 ➞
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
SERIAL DATA LINK
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE: AJ26 SC
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
‘;i Pin Description
I FC14~15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
1 FCi432 IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY
0 FC14-97 RELAY COIL DR,“E
Active
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
BATTERY
BODY PROCESSOR MCIDIJLE
FUSE BOX - DRl”ER SlDE
Location I Access
TRUNK, RlGHT HAND SlDE
PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA, AIRBAG BRACKET
F*sCIA! DRlVER SlDE
Color / Stripe
BROWN
BROWN
BRCJWN
BRcwm
BROWN
Connector / Color Location I Access
BUS PASSENGER SlDE FUSE BOX
BUS
ENGlNE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX
BUS
DRi”ER SIDE FUSE BOX
BUS
ENGINE CclMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
BUS
TRUNK FUSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
TRUNK, ABOVE RGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD. RlGHT HAND SIDE
TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL
TRANSMiSSlON TUNNEL
TRANSMISSIDN TUNNEL
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE CCJMPARTMENT, FALSE B”LKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground
ST68
BTZBR
BTlBS
Location I Type
BATERY GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG /TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EYELET WNGLEI /TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE1
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
COMPONENTS
Component
FUSE BOX - ILlRIVER SlDE Connector / Type / Color
FE/ IO~WAY UT A. FUSEBOX I NATURAL
KS, IO-WAY u T A. FUSEBOX! BLACK
FC90, EYELET
FC92, EYELET
Location / Access
FASClA, DRIVER SlDE
FUSE BOX- PASSENGER SIDE
FC20 /lo-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, NATVRAL
FC21 I l&WAY WT A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
FC90 ‘EYELET
FASClA, PFISSENGER SIDE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
AC12 zo-WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE FASCIATOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 Z&WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET! RIGHT HAND SIDE
ACli ?O-WAY M”LTlLOCK 070, GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOLJNTlNG BRACKET! RIGHT HAND SlDE
AC16 G~WAY MULTILOCK 070 ‘YELLOW LEFT HAND’K POSTCONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET,‘N POSTTRlM
BE ZO-WAY MtJLTlLOCK 070: WHlTE TRUNK /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT58 I-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 tic, BLACK TRUNK /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23WAY AMP FORD, BLACK DRIVER SlDE ‘N POST MOUNTING BRACKET/A POSTTRlM
DP1 X-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SIDE’N POSTI’W POSTTRlM
IC2 14~WAY MVLTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
iF1 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY LEFT HAND ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET! ‘fl POST TRIM
RF, 18.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RlGHT HAND ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,‘K POSTTRlM
RH14 ?-WAY ECONOSEAL /II HC, BLACK REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH2 *o-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SD1 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070: YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP1 *-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENi
FUSE BOX-ENGINE MAIN*GEMENT
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
iC4
4-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE Location / Access
TRUNKiLEFTOFANTENNAASSEMBLY
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
COMPONENTS
Component Connector/Type / Color Location I Access
FUSE BOX-DRIVER SlDE FC5,lO-WAY ” T A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL FASCIA, DRl”ER SIDE
RX, 10.WAY ” T A. FVSEBOX ! BLACK
FC90, EYELET
FC!3Z, EYELET
FUSE BOX - ENGlNE COMPARTMENT LF5,lO~WAY”TA FUSEBOX’NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRONT
LF6: IO-WAY “.T A F”SEBOX,‘BLACK
LF7/10-WAY ” T A FUSEBOX! GREEN
LFB! 10.WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BL”E
iF70, EYELET
FUSE BOX - PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA, PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTIO I_ 10.WAY L. T A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL TRUNK i ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BTlt i ?&WAY U T A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
BT12 I_ 10.WAY U T A. FUSEBOX I GREEN
BT13 i IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX ! BLUE
*Tel, EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SlDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT I ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT i LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND ‘N POST CONNECTOR MO”NTlNG BRACKET,‘K POSTTRlM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
RIGHT HAND’K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,‘N POSTTRIM
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX-ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20,10-WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK
EM70, EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EL1
B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF3 1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
Lw.0 13WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
PI, 57.WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKETON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
,GNlTlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWlTCHj FC4,8 WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE STEERING COLUMN
INERTlA SWITCH FC46 /SWAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC i BLACK ADJACENTTO LEFT HAND FASCIA FVSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC13
2O~WA:y MVLTiLOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 ZO-WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, WHlTE TRUNK ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
LFSO 2O~WAY MVLTILOCK 070! WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET:‘A’POSTTR,M
RH2 20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground
FC3BL
Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG i TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
‘J Pin Description
I FC14~7
NEUTRAL SWITCH STATVS
D FC14-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I FC14-4, STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
0 FC14-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE
1 FC14~80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
D FC14-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
3 Pin Description
D
EM10-6 OKTO START- ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
I EM10-15 PARK ’ NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
D EM10-17 SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE
/ EM,,-6 ENGINE CRANK
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
v Pin Description
D
FCZ2-9
GLASS BREAKAGE, OK TO START IENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FCZ2-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION,
D X22-17 SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
Active
GROUND (Ni
ENCODED COMMUNlCATlDNS
GROUND CRANKING)
GROUND ,CRANKlNG,
B+
Active Inactive
B+ IP, Nl
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND
~R.D.4.3.21
GROUND ,CRANKlNGi B+
Active
Inactive
BT iP, R. D, 4.3, 21
BL
EL
B+
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66, EYELET TRUNK. RlGHT HAND SIDE
BT67, EYELET
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC,4,104-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY PASSENGER SlDE FASCIA, AlRBAG BRACKET
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
EM,4,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 47,WHlTE
EM15,22-WAY MULTlLOCK47IWHITE
GENERATOR
EM10,28-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EMI1 ,16-WAY MULTlLOCK 010,GREY
EM,2,22-WAY MULTILOCK 040,GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT FRONT
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60, EYELET
BTB, , EYELET
BT62, EYELET
BT63! EYELET
,GNlTlDN SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH, FC4, E-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 IZO-WAY MVLTILOCK 040, GREEN
NEUTRAL SWlTCH FC89, J-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) P150, S-WAY SUMlTOMO 0902, BLACK
STARTER MOTOR ST2, EYELET
ST3, EYELET
ST,0 , EYELET
SUPPRESSlON MODULE AN3, P-WAY ECDNOSEAL 111 LC, RED
TRUNK,ADJACENTTO BATTERY
STEERING COLUMN
ADJACENTTO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, GENERATOR
ENGINE BLOCK
REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
RELAYS
Relay
STARTERRELAY
Color / Stripe
BROWN
Connector I Color
EMX, BROWN
Location / Access
RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
BT80 EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM1 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RlGHTHAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 18-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW ENGlNE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO RlGHT HAND ENCLOSVRE
EM3 14.WAY MVLTILOCK 070, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM60 Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
PI, 57~WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BTSB BATTERY GROUND STUD
FCSBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
rCr Pin Description
1 FC14-7
NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
D FC14-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I FC14-41 STARTER ENGAGE RECIUEST
0 FC14-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE
/ FC14~80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
D FC14-92 ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
COMPONENTS
Component
BATTERY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
ENGlidE CONTROL MODVLE
Inactive
E+ IP. R. D. 4.3. 21
B+
E+
B+
Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
BT66, EYELET
BT67 i EYELET
TRUNK, RlGHT HAND SIDE
FC14 I,01-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
FC,OO! 12.WAY MULTTILOCK 070, GREY
EMlO, Z-WAY MVLTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM,,, ,S-WAYM”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM12 I Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,3!34-WAY M”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM14 I 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47 i WHlTE
EMIS I 22.WAY MVLTILOCK 47, WHITE
AN, I EYELET
AN*, EYELET
ST, 1 , EYELET
PASSENGER SIDE FASC,A,AIRBAG BRACKET
LEFT HAND S\DE OF GEAR SELECTOR, CENTER CONSOLE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT! RIGHT FRONT
Active
GROUND iN1
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND iCRANKING
GROUND (CRANKING1
B+
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
77 Pin Description
FC100~2
TCM! DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
0 FClOO-4 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
0 FC100-5 PARKi NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
GENERATOR
Active
GROUND
GROUND
iNi
B- IP. Nl
Inactive
GROUND
B+ (P. R. D. 4. 3. 21
GROUND IR. D. 4. 3. Zi
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 i EYELET
BT61 1 EYELET
BTGZ 1 EYELET
TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BATTERY
,GN,TlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCHI
KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE
REGULATOR iGENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR
8163 ! EYELET
FC4,8~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
FC22 i 20.WAY MULTILOCK 040 I GREEN
P,50,3WAY SUMITOMO 0902, BLACK
ST2, EYELET
ST3, EYELET
STlO , EYELET
STEERING COLUMN
ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/GENERATOR
ENGlNE BLOCK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
OK TO START- ENCODED COMMUNlCATiONS
PARK i NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
ENGINE CRANK
Inactive
GROUND
IR.D.4.3.21
Active
B+ iP, Nl
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND iCRANKING)
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC: RED REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
Bi
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
ST*.RTER RELAY BROWN EM50, BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
v Pin Description
D FC22~9
GLASS BREAKAGE ,OKTO STARTIENCODED COMM”NlCATlON,
D FCZZ-16 OK TO ST*RT (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FCZZ-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONi
Active Inactive
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
8180
EM,
EM2
EM3
EM60
PI1
ST1
Type / Color
EYELET
*O-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE
18~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC , BLACK
57.WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK
EYELET
Location I Access
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD, RlGHT HAN0 SlDE
~iuGmE C~MP*RTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE C~MP*RTMENT/ADJ*CENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHlND LEFT ,NNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BTBB
EMlAL
EMZAL
BATTERY GROUND ST”0
EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWlTCH
CC”. CANlSTER CLOSE VALVE
CKPS. CRANKSHAFT POSITiON SENSOR
CMP% CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Em! AND KM COOLING FAN
EC-IS ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERAT”RE SENSOR
ENGlNE CONTROL MODULE
Description
IGNITION SWiTCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION
SWITCHED
POWER
SVPPLY
OKTO START- ENCODED COMM”NlCATlONS
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWITCH
SERIAL COMM”NlCATlONS
SERIAL COMM”NlCAT,ONS
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PARK, NEUTRAL CONF,RMAT,ON
EMS CONTROLLED RELAYACTlVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
WTS I ECTS :TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON /
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSlTlON!
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON,
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
Active
E+
B+
B+
GROUND
Inactive
0”
B+
B+
B+
Connector I Type I Color
AC24 !4-WAY M”LTlLOCK 070,WHITE
LF5.2, Z-WAY YAZAKI 090, BLACK
P,,, i 3.WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P115, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
EM64, *-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
P14, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2, GREY
EM,O,ZB-WAY MULTlLOCK 040,GREY
EM,, ,16-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY
EM12 122.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY
EM,3,34-WAY MULTILOCK040,GREY
EM,4:,2-WAYMULTILOCK47,WHlTE
EM15,22-WAY MULTlLOCK47,WHlTE
LF58, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL J2, BLACK
BT5,3WAY ECONOSEAL ,,I LC I BLACK
EM21, a-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II, GREY
EM23, &WAY SUMITOMO 090 II, GREY
PIEi Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P127, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P135,5-WAY YAzAKlO902, BLACK
EM22, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 090 A TYPE, GREY
EM24,2-WAYSUMlTOMO09OATYPE,GREY
FC19, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
P142, I-WAY YAZAKI 0902, BLACK
P133, P-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
W/4-WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK
ELZ, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 090 DC INHIBIT 1, BLUE
EL3,2-WAY SUMlTOMO 090 DC INHIBIT 1 , BROWN
EL4, *-WAY YAZAKI 090, GREY
P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
P132,lWAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
Location I Access
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
LH FRONT QUARTER! REARWARD OF ROAD WHEEL
ENGlNE, REAR OF BED PLATE
‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GROUND IAPPLIED)
E+ IP. Ni
GROUND
B+
GROUND (R.D.4.3.21
B+
GROUND
5V
GROUND
GROUND
ENCODED CDMMUNlCATlONS
GROUND
5”
GROUND
GROUND
B+
LH FRONT OUARTER, REARWARD OF ROAD WHEEL
TRUNK i FUELTANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE
‘N BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
ENGlNE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
‘X BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
‘8’ BANK CATALYTIC CDNVERTER
BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, THROTLE ASSEMBLY
BEHlND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTI’K BANKCYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ‘B’ BANK CYLiNDER HEAD, FRONT
EVAPP EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE
FTP SENSOR: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
~02% HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A UPSTREAM
HOZS: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -B UPSTREAM
KS: KNOCK SENSOR-A
KS KNOCK SENSOR - B
MAFS MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
025: OXYGEN SENSOR-A DOWNSTREAM
OX: OXYGEN SENSOR - B DOWNSTREAM
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THRO”LE MOTOR
THRO”LE POSITION SENSOR
“AC”“,,, SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 1
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE -2
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 3
VVI SOLENOID VALVE: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVE -A
VVT SOLENOID VALVE: VARIABLE VALVE TiMlNG SOLENOID VALVE -B
E+
E+
5v
GROUND (CRANKING1
4.9” = LOW PRESSURE, 0 2 ” = HIGH PRESSURE
5v
0.41 V @ 195.F (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE)
0.5 v = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
-PS SHIELD
0.5 V = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
0.5” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
lATS,ECTS,TPS/MECHANlCALG”ARDPOSlTlDN,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON / PEDAL POSITION iI
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
GROUND
GROUND
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM ‘N BANK HOZS
DOWNSTREAM ‘B’ BANK 025
DOWNSTREAM ‘N BANK 0%
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
025, HOZS COMMON SHlELD
ECM PROGRAMMING
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACT,“ATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3 ACT,“ATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #, ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘A’BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS/ CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD
CKPS SIGNAL
RELAYS
Relay
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY
Color / Stripe
BROWN
Connector I Color
EMIGIBROWN
0.98” @ ,O*C, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
1 2” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE ISWING)
0.t - 0.9 ” 0 IDLE iSWlNGi
0.1 0.9 V C IDLE (SWING,
0.1 - 0.9” 6 iDLE (SWING,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Location I Access
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
AC13
BT2
EL,
EM1
LF3
LF40
PI,
PI2
RH,
20.WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 iYELLOW
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
X-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 11, LC, WHITE
1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
57.WAY SUMlTOMO, BLACK
13.WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
FASClA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MO”NT,NG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM,AL
EMlAR
EMlBR
EM2AL
EMlAR
EM2BR
EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET ,PA,R, - RiGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET (PAIR, RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG i ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 -20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
5” @ 1000 RPM = 556 HZ; 2000 RPM = 1132 Hz
5 Hz @ IDLE
GROUND
5 V @ 1000 RPM = 566 Hz: 2000 RPM = ,132 Hz
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
Bt
B+
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND
GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S HEATER GROUND GROUND
E”AP VALVE ACTlVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN)
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD ‘B’ BANK GROUND
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID ‘A’ BANK GROUND
GROUND GROUND
GROVND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
E+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC.1 MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
BRAKE SWITCH
CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR
CMPS’ CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
EC,,, AND TCM COOLING FAN
ECTS ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
ENGlNE CONTROL MODULE
AC24 i4WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
P,,, II 3.WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC! BLACK
P,,5 1 Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC BLACK
EMS4 2~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
P14 : %WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 : GREY
EMlO ‘28.WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM,, ,&WAY M”LTILOCK040 ‘GREY
EM,* Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040 ’ GREY
EM13 34.WAY MULTILOCK 040 1 GREY
EM14 12.WAY MULTiLOCK 47 I WHITE
EM15 /**-WAY MULTILOCK 47 ‘WHITE
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
ENGINE : REAR OF BED PLATE
‘B’ BANK CYLlNDER HEAD, REAR
ENG,NE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT; CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EVAPP- E”ApORATI”E EMlSSlON CONTROL VALVE L&B 2~WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / BLACK LH FRONT OUARTER I REARWARD OF ROAD WHEEL
~02s HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A UPSTREAM EM*, I4~WA.y SUMITOMO OX II: GREY ‘N BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
HOZS. HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-B UPSTREAM EM*3 i&WAY SUMITOMO 090 II I GREY ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
KS KNOCK SENSOR-A P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
KS- KNOCK SENSOR - B P127,2 WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
MAE: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR P135 1 s-WAY YAZAK, 0902 ! BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 : LUCAR RlGHT ANGLE BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS PI42 i B-WAY YAZAKI 0902 ’ BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR PI%,* WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT !THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
THRo”LE POSITION SENSOR P16: a-WAY SUMITOMO TSO9O / BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1 EL*, Z~WAY SUMlTOMO 090 DC INHIBIT 1, BLUE BEHlND RlGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 2 EL3, *-WAY SUMlTOMO 0911 DC INHIBIT 1, BROWN BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE -3 EL4, P-WAY YAZAKI 090, GREY BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
“VT SoLENOlD “AL”E. “ARABLE “ALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - A P131, P~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER I BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ‘A’ BANK CYLlNDER HEAD, FRONT
“VT SOLENOlD VALVE: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVE B P132, Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTj’B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Color I Stripe Connector I Color Location I Access
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM16, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC13
BT2
EL1
EM,
LF3
LF40
PI,
PI2
RHI
*O-WAY MULTILOCK OX, YELLOW FASCIA BOTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET/RIGHT HAND SIDE
*O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I RiGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
Z&WA,’ MULTILOCK 070 , WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
73.WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC,WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
13~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
57~WAY SUMlTOMO i BLACK ENG,NE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
13.WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
*O-WAY MULTILOCK OX, GREY BEHIND GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EMlAL
EMlAR
EMiBR
EM*AL
EM**R
EMZBR
EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET ,PA,R) - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET ~PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET ,PA,R, -LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET (PA,R, -RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
Description
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGVITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY
OK To START- ENCODED COMM”NICAT10NS
BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWITCH
Active
B+
Bi
Inactive
0”
B-
B-
GROUND
B+
B-
SERIAL COMM”NICAT,ONS
SERlALCOMM”NICAT,ONS
PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH
PARK ’ NEUTRAL CONFIRMAT,ON
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS ECTS, TPS ’ MECHA\UICAL GUARD PosITIOI\:
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFEREYCE GRO”ND
MECLIANICAL GUARD POSITION! PEDAL POSlTlON :
TPS COMMOV REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
GROUND (APPLIED,
BT IP, NI
GROUND
ENCODED COMMUNlCATloNS
GROUND
5v
GROUND
GROUND
15 1500 Hi
15 1500 HZ
15 1500 Hz
15 - 1500 HZ
Bi
GROUND ,CRANK,NGl
5”
0.41 V Q 195F (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE)
0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75 ” = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE: 4 15 ii = WOT
GROUND
B-
GROUND IR.D.4.3.2,
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUYD
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGlNE CRANK
E-
B+
5”
NOT USED
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION,
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
IATS 1 ECTS I TPS 1 MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION 1 PEDAL POSlTlON i TPS
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
‘B’ BANK HO%
‘A’ BANK HOZS
NOT USED
NOT USED
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
HOE COMMON SHIELD
ECM PROGRAMMING
NOT USED
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #3 ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTlVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘A’ BiWK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
GROUND
GROUND
0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WO,
SHIELD GROUND
0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75 ” = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
0.98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
1 2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
0 1~ 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWING,
0.1 -0.9V@ IDLE (SWING)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B-
BI
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD
CKPS SIGNAL
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
5”@lOoORPM=566Hz;2000RPM=1132H*
GROUND
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
a,
B+
B-
GROUND
Bd
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
BL
B+
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
THROTrLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK Hozs HEATER GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND
EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD ‘B’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOlD ‘A’ BANK
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
‘;r Pin Description
0 EM,O-2 A,CCM LOAD INHIBIT
I EM10-3 A!CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
1 EM104 ArCCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST
I EMlO- BRAKE SWITCH
I EM12.5 C-WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE
I iM,Z-6 4~WAY REFRlGERANT SWlTCH HIGH PRESSURE
I EM12-8
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG FEEOBACK
1 iM,Z-9 IGNITlOY MODULE 2 SWITCHING FEEDBACK
0 EM,Z-10 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAYACTIVATE
COMPONENTS
Component
AIR
CONDlTlDNlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
Connector I Type /Color
P136, I-WAY S”MlTOM0 090 A-TYPE, BLACK
Location / Access
ENGINE COMPARTMENT:&‘C COMPRESSOR
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B-
A/C UNlTiRlGHTHAND SIDE
AC4,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 i GREY
ACZ4!4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 !WHITE
FC63 ,O~WAY AMP MOL! NATURAL
SW3 I3-WAY EPC, BLACK AND WHlTE
BRAKE CANCEL SWTCH
CRUISE CONTROL ON , OFF SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL,
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT!CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GROUND
B+
B+
B-
0
0
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED
NOT USED
SERIES iLOW SPEED FAN *CTI”*TE
PARALLEL (HIGHI SPEED FAN ACT,“*TE
IGYITION COIL REL*YACT,“ATE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWliCHlNG
lGNlTiON MODULE 2 SWTCHING
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCWlNG
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG
iNJECTOR ‘3B’ACTl”ATE
INJECTOR ‘2B’ACTl”ATE
INJECTOR ‘4K ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘,A ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘48’ ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘3N ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘2K ACTIVATE
lNJECTOR ‘1B’ACTI”ATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+ FUSE BOX TRUNK BTlO: 10.WAY “.T.A FVSEBOX, NATURAL TRVNK, ELtCTRlCAL CARRIER
Bill I ,&WAY u T4. FUSEBOX, BLACK
BT12,10-WAY U T.A FUSEBOX, GREEN
BT13,10-WAY U T A FVSEBOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
IGNITION COlL - ,A pi,*, *-WAY YAZAK, 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNlTlON COiL- 1B P122, Z-WAY YAZAKI mm, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
lGNlT\ON COlL 2A P119 i Piv*y YAZAK, 090x : BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT CO”ER
lGNlTlON COIL - 28 Pi23, ?~W/IY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”EB
IGNlTlON COIL-W. Pm, P-WAY YAZAKlO9OX, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ICNlTlON COlLLBB P124, Z-WAY YALM 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNlTlON COIL-U PI21 ,l~WAY YAZAKI 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT COVER
lGNlT,ON COILL4B Pi25,2~WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”ER
IGNlTlON MODULE 1 EM27,12-WAY lGNlT,ON POWER MODULE: BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD, RIGHT HANDSIDE
IGNiTlON MODULE - 2 EM29,12-WAY IGNITION POWER MODULE! BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SIDE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LB, %WAY TRW, BLACK ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN
RADlATOR FAN - LH LF13, Z-WAY RElNSHAGEN METR, 630, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT
RADIATOR FAN - RH WI?, 2~WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 530, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/FRONT
REFRIGERANT4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LB,, G-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF RADlATOR
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN BUS LX ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EM5 i BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM’Z, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
0
0
0
0
B-
B7
B+
B+
B-
B+
B+
B-
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I ACbl
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS
0 Al31 AIR CONDlTlONlNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SlGNA,
I AC4-7 LOAD INHIBIT
0 KS9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST
I AC%17 REFRIGERANT&WAY PRESSURE SWlTC,,
Active Inactive
B+ ,ONi D”
B+
0”
B+
Cl”,*-30BARi
0”
B-
0”
B- (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE1
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
AC12 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
AC13
X-WAY MULTILOCK OX, YELLOW
BT2 *O-WAY M”LT!LOCK 070 /WHITE
EM1 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
EM2 l&WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
EM3 14~WAY MVLTiLOCK 070, GREY
LF3 13~WA\y ECONOSEAL II/ K, WHITE
LF40 13WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
Pll 57.WAY SUMlTOMO, BLACK
PI2 IS-WAY ECONOSEAL l/l LC, BLACK
RH1 2O~WA.Y MULTiLOCK 070, GREY
RH2 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SC3 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY
SW, ‘I?-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 II BLACK
SW2 6-WAY JST, WHlTE
FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE
Location / Access
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,AOJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO RlGHTHAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHTHAND ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRKKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output C B+ Battery voltage
CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Freauencv
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
Ground Location / Type
BTML
EYELET IPA,Rl -LEFT HAND LEG : TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EMlAR EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG! ENGINE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMZAR EYELET IPA,R, - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC3BL
EYELET (PAIRI -LEFT HAND LEG, TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE
LF2.u EYELET (PA,% - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LFlBL
EYELET (PA,R) LEFT HAND LEG, ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWITCH
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
cMPS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
ECM ANDTCM COOLING FAN
ECTS ENGiNE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Description
GNlTlON SWTCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED
BATTERY POWER SVPPLY
BRAKE SWITCH
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PARK I NEUTRAL COYF,RMAT,ON
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS / ECTS TPS I MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON ‘PEDAL POSlTlON I
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NEWORK
CAN NETWORK
Active
B+
B*
Inactive
0”
B-
Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AC24, a-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
PI17 ! Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC / BLACK
PI15 /Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
EM64,2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 ‘WHITE
P,4 / 2 WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 II GREY
EMlO ‘28.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM,, : IS-WAY’ MULTILOCK 040 iGREY
EM12 Z2-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13 34.WAY MULTILOCK 040: GREY
EM14 i2-WAYM”LTlLOCK47.‘WHITE
EM,5’ZZ-WAYMULT,LOCK47,WHlTE
LF58, ?-WAY ECONOSEAL JZ I BLACK
EM21 4WAY SUMlTOMO 090 II I GREY
EMZ, b-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II i GREY
PI41 , Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK
P126,‘2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC I BLACK
P127 ; 2~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P135, B-WAY YAZAKlO902 ! BLACK
FC19 I LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
Pm / i-WAY Y*ZAKI 0902 I BL&CK
PI33 , P-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
PIE! a-WAY S”MlTOM0 TS090, BLACK
EL2, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 090 DC INHIBIT 1, BLUE
EU, 2.WAY SUMITOMO 090 DC INHlBlT 1, BROWN
EL4, Z-WAY YAZAKI 090, GREY
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
ENGINE, REAR OF BED PLATE
‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
LH FRONT OUARTER! REARWARD OF ROAD WHEEL
‘& BANK CATALYTlC CONVERTER
‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT!‘K BANK INTERCOOLER! REAR
ENGINE VEE i UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE “EE II UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT! REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
ENGWE COMPARTMENT, THROTTLE ASSENlBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT /THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
BEHlND RiGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BEHIND RlGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
B-
GROUND
B-
B-
GROUND iAPPLIED, Bi
GROUND fR,D.GZr
Bi
B+ ip. N,
GROUND
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND
5”
EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE EMlSSlON CONTROL VALVE
HOE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A UPSTREAM
HO-S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR - B UPSTREAM
1~75 2. INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
KS: KNOCK SENSOR -A
KS. KNOCK SENSOR - B
MAE: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
PARKING BRAKE SWTCH
PEDAL POSlTlON AND MECHANlCAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE MOTOR
THRO”LE POSlTlON SENSOR
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 1
“ACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE 2
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 3
5v
GRO”4D
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
B+
B+
5”
NOT USED
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION I
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
lATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION ,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION! PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHlELD
PEDAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector /Color Location / Access
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM16, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC13
2O~WbY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW FASClA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE
BT2 20.W.AY M”LT\LOCK 070 ,WHlTE TRUNK, ABOYE RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
ELI B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 iC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM? 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF3 ,3~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC,WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF40 IS-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
PI, 57.WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
PI2 ISWAY ECONOSEAL /II LC! BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH1 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY BEHIND GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
EMlAL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMIAR EYELET IPAIR) RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMlBR EYELET (PAlRi - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMZAL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM?AR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMlBR EYELET (PAIR) - RiGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
05”=IDLE:475”=WOT
GROUND
0.5 V = IDLE: 4.75 ” = WOT
0.5 ” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
IATS 2 FEEDBACK
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
‘B’ BANK H02S
‘R BANK HOX
NOT USED
NOT USED
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
HWS COMMON SHlELD
GROUNC
2 38” @ 20°C. DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE
0 98” Q 10°C. DECREASiNG WITH TEMPERATURE
1 2” @ IDLE, INCREASING WlTH RPM INCREASE
0.1 - 0 9 “@ IDLE ,SWiNGi
0 1 - 0.9” Q IDLE iSWING,
ECM PROGRAMMlNG
NOT USED
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE iy3 ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE tfl ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACT,“ATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘E’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘A’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS,CKPS, KNOCKSENSORS COMMON SHIELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
IGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
5v Q 1000 RPM = 565 Hz; 2000 RPM = 1132 HZ
5 Hz @ IDLE
GROUND
*i
Bi
Bi
Bi
GROUND
B+
E+
B+
GROUND
E+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN1
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02.S HEATER GROUND
EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
SERIES ILOWI SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
PARALLEL iHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
IGNITION COIL RELAY ACT,“ATE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG
IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWiTCHlNG
GNlTlON MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG
lGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWlTCHiNG
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHING
INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘2B’ACTI”ATE
INJECTOR ‘4X ACT,“ATE
INJECTOR ‘,A’ ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘48’ ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘3R ACT,“ATE
INJECTOR ‘2X ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘1B’ACTl”ATE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description
1 AC?-, COMPRESSORCLVTCHSTATUS
0 AC-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
I AC&7 LOAD ,NHlBlT
0 AC4~9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST
/ AC4-17 REFRIGERANT4~XZWAY PRESSURE SWlTCH
Active
GROUND
B+
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Active
B+ (ONI
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground S V Voltage (DC)
SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
Inactive
B,
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
Inactive
0”
0”
B+
0”
B+ iOUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH P136, ,WAY SUMlTOMO 090 A-TYPE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, A/C COMPRESSOR
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE AC,, 26.WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY NC “NIT, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC2, ,&WAY MULTlLOCK 47 I GREY
AC3 : 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 47 I GREY
AC4,22-WAY MULTILOCK 471 GREY
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH AC24 I4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHlTE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CRUlSE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH FC63 I_ IO-WAY AMP MC%, NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3, &WAY EPC, BLACK AND WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO IZ8~WAY MULTILOCK 040 I GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, :,G-WAYM”LTlLOCK040, GREY
EM,2 i22~WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM13!34-WAY MULTliOCK 040: GREY
EM14,12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 I WHITE
EM15 / Z-WAY MULTiLOCK 47, WHlTE
FUEL INJECTOR - ,A IJ3, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER I BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD; FUEL RAIL
FUEL iNJECTOR - ,B lJ7 1/ Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR PCWER TlMER, BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR-2A IJ4i Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER i BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD 1 FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR - 2B IJ8 i Z-WAY AMP JUNlOR POWER TlMER! BLACK INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR -3A IJ5 I Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, FVEL RAli
FUEL INJECTOR - 38 IJ9 ! ?-WAY AMP J”NlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR-4A 136/Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTIMER,BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR -48 lJlO!Z.WAYAMPJ”NlOR POWERTIMER, BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAlL
FUEL PUMPS ST55 P-WAY SUMlTOMO DLOBil, NATURAL TRUNK/TOP OF FUELTANK
FUSE BOX-TRVNK BTlO: IO-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL TRUNK i ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BTll , IO-WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK
ST,*, ID-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
BT13, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
lGNlTlON COlL- ,A PIIS, P-WAY YAZM 090X i BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
GNlTlON COIL- 1s P122,1WAY Y*zAKlo9cJx, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNlTlON COIL- ZA P119, ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNiTlON COIL - ZB P123! Z-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL-3A P120, I-WAY YAZAKl 090x, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT COVER
lGNlT,DN COlL 38 Pi24 i 2WAY YAZAKl 090X , BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNlTlON COIL-W PI21 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
!GNlTlON COIL 48 P125,2-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION MODULE - 1 EM27,15-WAY lGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
IGNlTlON MODULE - 2 EM29! 1%WAY lGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SIDE
,NTERCOOLER PUMP EM75,2-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,BELOWA,R CLEANER
RADlATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF9, S-WAY TRW, BLACK AWACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN
RADIATOR FAN LH LF13, Z-WA, REINSHAGEN METRI 630: BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT
RADIATOR FAN RH LF12, P-WAY RElNSHAGEN METR! 630, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT
REFRIGERANT.&WAY PRESSURE SWTCH LF5.7, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/REARWARD OF RADlATOR
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN BUS LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EMS, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL PVMP I RELAY W, BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY BROWN BT51, BROWN TRUNK RELAYS
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM26, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY BROWN EM31, BROWN LHD: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
RHD: RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC12 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SiDE
.8T2 IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM, ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADjACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 14~WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHTHAND ENCLOSURE
IJ1 1%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLKK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
iJ2 1G~WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/FORWARD OF ,NTAKE MANIFOLD
LF3 13.WAY ECONOSEAL 11, LCiWHlTE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF40 l%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
PI1 ST-WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
PI2 IS~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
RH, Z&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY BEHIND GLOVE BOX
RH2 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SC3 12.WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, GREY RiGHT HAND SiDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 1%WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 B-WAY JST , WHlTE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BTZAL EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG! TRUNK. RIGHT REAR
EMlAR EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT HAND IEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AR EYELET (PAIRI RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FCBBL EYELET iPAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
LF?AL EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. FORWARD OF LEFT WAND HOOD CATCH
LF2BL EYELET iPAiR - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
Description Active
PRESSURE REGULATOR C2
SPORT MODE SWITCH STATUS LEO
PRESSURE REGULATOR tS
PRESSURE REGULATOR il
GROUND
ROTARY SWITCH ‘L2’ CONTACTS
ROTARY SWITCH ‘L& CONTACTS
SPORT MODE SWiTCH STRATEGY SELECT
D 4 SWlTCH
TURBINE SPEED SEYSOR
OUTPUT SPEED SEWOR SHlELD
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
YOT USED
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SH,ELO
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
ROTARY ‘D~4: KICK DOWN SWITCHES COMMON GROUUD
PRESSURE REGULATOR&2
SOLENOID VALVE II
SOLENOID VALVE #3
SOLENOID VALVE #2
GROUND
ROTARY SWITCH ‘L,’ CONTACTS
ROTARY SWITCH I3 CONTACTS
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
0”TP”T SPEED SENSOR
SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT
PRESSURE REGULATOR f5
SOLENOID VALVES COMMON SUPPLY
PRESSURE REGULATORS COMMON SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
GROUND ,MAXlM”M PRESSURE1
GROUND = LED ON
GROUND IMAXIMUM PRESSURE,
GROUND iMAXlM”M PRESSURE,
GROUND
B-
B-
GROUYD = SPORT
GROUND
300 Hz @ IDLE 12 5 Vi
GROUND
GROUND
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
v Pin Description Active
FC88-1
IGNITION SWITCHEO POWER SUPPLY St
C FC88-3 CAN NETWORK 15-,sooHzQ25”
c FC88~4 CAN NETWORK 15-l5&3HiQ25”
I FC88-6 GROUND GROUND
C FC88-8 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ@2.5”
C FC88~9 CAN NETWORK 15-1500 Hr@2.5V
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B- ,NO PRESSURE1
ST
B- iNO PRESSURE,
B- iN0 PRESSVRE,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
9 V = NORMAL
B.
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
GROUND
B- iN0 PRESSURE,
B-
B-
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
D - 4 SWITCH FC83, Z-WA” MULTlLOCK 070 i YELLOW GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY, REAR
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMlNATlON MODULE RX8 IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC35,10-WAY AMP M0L BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
TRANSMlSSlON CONTROL MODULE A.,26 WA EM7 88~WAY BOSCH I BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMlSSiON ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR, Ad26 N’A EM46 16.WAY KOSTAL, BLACK TRANSMISSION, LEFT H*ND SlDE
TRANSMlSSlON ROTARY SWITCH EM47 10.WAY REINSHAGEN MPLSO, BLACK TRANSMISSION, RIGHT HAND SIDE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
AC12 2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE FASCIATOP CONKECTOR MOVNTING BRACKET,‘RlGHT HAYD SlOE
EM1 Z&WAY M”LTlLOCK 070 WHITE ENGINE COMP*RTMENT ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ‘GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT:AOJACENTTO RIGHT H*ND ENCLOSURE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EMIAL EYELET IPAIR, LEFT HAND LEG ‘ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMlAL EYELET iPAiR1 - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSVRE
FCSBR EYELET (PAIR, RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND = NORMAL
B- iN0 PRESSURE)
B-
B+
GROVND
GROUND
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input
0 output
SG Signal Ground
D Serial and encoded communications
C CAN (Network)
S SCP Network
B+ Battery voltage
V Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
7 Pin Description
I FC88-1 lGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
c FC88-3 CAN NETWORK
c FC884 CAN NETWORK
I FC88-6 GROUND
c FC88Z CAN NETWORK
c FC88~9 CAN NETWORK
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
-.
/ ’ Pin Description
c EM,* L CAN NEWORK
c EM,*-H CAN NETWORK
I EM72-12 n2 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK
0 EM72-13
SPEED SENSOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY
0 EM72~14 ‘1~2 4-5’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE
0 EM,*-l5 ‘3-C SOLENOID ACTIVATE
0 EM72 16 ‘2~3’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE
D EM72~17 KC SOLENOID ACTIVATE
0 EM72-33 SPEED SENSOR : FLUID TEMP. SENSOR COMMON GROUND
EM72-34 FLUID TEMP SENSOR FEEDBACK
1 EM72~35 “3 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK
0 EM,*-36 MODULATION PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE
0 EM72~37 SHIFT PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE
0 EM,*-38 SOLENOID VALVE i PRESSURE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY
KICKDOWN SWITCH
SPORT MODE SWlTCH
DUAL LlNEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNlTlON
D”AL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNiilON
IGNlTlON SUPPLIED VOLTAGE
KM! DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
Active Inactive
GROUND = LOCKED
GROUND
1.75 v Q 90’ c = R, D, 4.3.2
5”=85HI~,0MPH,16KPHI;170Hr@20MPH~32XPHi
(‘2’ SELECTED ‘2’ ENGAGED)
GROUND, 42% PWM @ IDLE)
GROUND t 39% PWM @ IDLE1
B+
B+
B+
B-
B- = UNLOCKED
GROUND
S”=P.N
B-
B-
GROUND
GROUND t= WOTj
0 v = SPORT, 0 ” = NORMAL
GROUND = R, D, 4.3
GROVND = N, D. 4.2
GROUND = N. 4.3.2 8”=R,D
GROUND = P, D, 3.2
B-
GROUND
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
B- c< WOTi
B- = P. N, 2
B- = P, R, 3
BL = P
BT = R. N. 4
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH FC100: 72.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY LEFT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR, CENTER CONSOLE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88,10-WAY MULTlLOCK 070iWHlTE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
K,CKDOWN SWITCH ACZS/?-WAYiECONOSEAL1IILCIBLACK “NDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL
MODE SWITCH URANSMiSSlON, FC35, IO~WAY AMP MOL, BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
TRANSMlSSlON CONTROL MODULE AJ26 SC EMX!, 14.WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER! BLACK
EM73: 18.WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER! BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMlSSlON ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: A.,26 SC GBi ,13-WAY KOSTAL 1 5 I BLACK TRANSMlSSlON
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC12
20 WAY MULTILOCK 070! WHlTE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET i RlGHT HAND SIDE
EM1 20 WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE ENGINE COMPARTMENT: ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ?&WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 Id-WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, GREY ENGINE COMP~RIMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
GE 12~WAY AUGAT 1.5, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EMlAL EYELET (PAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, ENGfNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HA.ND ENCLOSURE
EMWL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FCBBL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FCBBR EYELET (PAIRI - RIGHi HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be
expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit
connections made and all
comPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
;J Pin Description Active
FC14-15
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 FC14-48 GEARSHIFT lNTERLOCK SOLENOID SUPPLY B- ,GEARSHIFT FREE)
0 FC14~5, KEY LOCK SOLENOID SUPPLY BL (KEY CAPTIVE,
I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK GROUND iR.N.D.4.3.21
I FC14~80 BAKERY POWER SUPPLY ,LOGlC, B+
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
S FC14-85 SW NETWORK 2-1500HZ
I FC14-104 LIGHTING, MOTORS BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B,
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin Description
I EM10-10 BRAKE SWITCH
c EM10~28 CAN NETWORK
c EM,O-27 CAN NETWORK
Active
GROUND
1551500HZ
15-1500Hr
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
;;;i Pin Description
c FC88-4 CAN NETWORK
c FC88-3 CAN NETWDRK
c FC88~8
CAN NEWORK
c FC88-9 CAN NETWORK
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
D Pin Description Active
S
FCE-19
SW NETWORK 2-1600H2
S Fc?S-20 SW NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
c FCZ524 CAN NEWORK 15 1500 Hi
c FCZS-47 CAN NETWORK 15 1500 Hz
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND ,GEARSHlFT LOCKED)
GROUND (KEY RELEASED)
B+ (PARK)
B-
B+
Inactive
53,
Inactive
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FCld; 704.WAY AMP EEECIGREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA, AIRBAG BRACKET
BRAKE SWITCH AC24 ! 4~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM,0 : zsw*\y MULTlLOCK 040, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT i CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, / IS-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREY
EM12 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,3,34-WAY MULTILOCK WI! GREY
EM14 / 12.WAY MULTILOCK /WHITE
EM15 22.WAY M”LTlLOCK47 : WHlTE
GEARSELECTOR lLL”MlNATlDN MODVLE FC88, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHlTE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
GEARSHIFT ,NTERLOCK SOLENOID FIX?, Z~WAY MVLTILOCK 070 /WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
KEYLOCK SOLENOID iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi SC, II 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE STEERING COLUMN
MA.JOR lNSTR”MENT PACK FC25 ! 489fvAY AMP PCB SGNAL: BLXK FASCIA
FC26 i Z&WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL i BLACK
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWTCH FC87 : 3.WAY MVLTILOCK 070 ,’ WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC13
EM,
GROUNDS
Ground
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location / Type
FASC,A BOFFOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
ENG,NE COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2BR EYELET IPAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4BR EYELET IPAIR) RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGEI
t-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ABS /TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
\I Pin Description
0 LF37-1 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE
LKw2 BRAKE SWlTCH
LF37-3 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
SG LF37-4 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
c LF37~5 CAN NETWORK
SG LF37~6 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
I LF37-7 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LF37-8 GROUND
LF37 9 EATERY POWER SUPPLY
LF37-10 NOT USED
LF37-l, NOT “SE0
/ LF37-13 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWiTCH
STABILITY, TRACTION CONTROL SWATCH
CAN NETWORK
STABILITY I TRACTION CONTROL SWlTCH STATE LEO
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
NOT USED
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
E+
B+
GROUtiD
B-
E+
B+
Ei
GROUND
GROUND
ES+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AES /TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 i E-WAY AMP HYBRID, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT LEFT
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOlR EM37 / Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE
BRAKE SWTCH AC24, I-WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Location / Access
FASClA
BOTTOM CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET, RIGHT
HAND SIOE
TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, LEFT HAND SlDE
REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, RIGHT HAND SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOAlR CLEANER
LEFT HAND ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, ‘4’ POST TRIM
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
FClER
FC4BR
LFSAS
Location / Type
EYELET PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘K POST
EYELET ,PAlR, -
RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
LEFT HAND ‘N POST
EYELET ISINGW,ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
COmPOnentS
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
\I Pin Description
0
ACM DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR
0 AC,-7 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR
0 ACM LH FRESH i RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR
0 ACE RH FRESH, RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR
0 AC1~12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR
0 AC,-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR
0 AC,-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR
0 ACb20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR
0 AC,-21 LH FRESH I RECIRCULATION VENTSERVO MOTOR
0 AC,-22 RH FRESH ‘RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR
0 NY-25 FOOnvELL SERVO MOTOR
0 AC1~26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR
AC4-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
AC4-2 ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
AC4-3 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
0 AC4-4 CONTROL PANEL BATERY POWER SUPPLY
AC4-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
AC46 ENGINE SPEED SlGNAL
0 AC4-8 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
D .x4-10 SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS INPUT
0 AC4~12 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
/x4-13 GROUND
0 AW14 CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY
0 AC4~15 ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE
AC4-16 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
0 AC4-18 ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
0 At%19 POTENTlOMETER COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
AW20 GROUND
D ACI-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT
AC2-1
AC2 2
ACZ-3
AC-5
ACX
AC*-10
ACZ-11
AC*-13
0 AC-2
D AC3~3
I AK-5
I AC36
D AC-7
0 AC38
I AK-11
I AX-12
SOLAR SENSOR FEEDBACK
CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
RH FRESH: RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE
DEFROSTVENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
LH FRESH, REClRCULATlON VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
FOOTWELLVENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
CLOCK
SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
SERfAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL
START
IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
Active
B+
B+
B+
B-
L
B-
B-
B-
B-
P,-
B-
BA
0 75 ” - 4.75 “: INCREASiNG WITH SOLAR LOAD
,35”=OPEN
>35”=OPEN
>35”.OPEN
2.5 V @ WC, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
> 3.5” = OPEN
>35”=OPEN
>35”=OPEN
2.18 V Q 25’ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
2 25 V @ WC: DECREASlNG WITH TEMPERATURE
B+ (MOMENTARY!
3 25 V Q 0” C, DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE
3 25 “Q O’C, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
B+
0”
0”
B+
22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,, 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H, @ B+
B-
0”
0”
Inactive
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
c 1” = CLOSED
<l”=CLOSED
< 1 ” = CLOSED
c 1” = CLOSED
< 1 V = CLOSED
< 1 V = CLOSED
0”
0”
0”
B+
0”
B+
5”
B-
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
COMPONENTS
Component
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
A,R INTAKE - LH BLOWER
AIR INT*KE - RH BLOWER
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE SENSOR
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATOR 8 HEATER MATRlXASSEMBLY
SOLAR SENSOR
VENT ASSEMBLY
Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AC,, 26.WAY MULTILOCK 47: GREY
AC2, IS-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
AC3,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
AC4,22-WAY MVLTlLOCK 47, GREY
N/c “NIT/RIGHT HAND SIDE
CENTER CONSOLE
A/C “NlT, LEFT HAND SIDE
NC “NIT IRIGHT HAND SIDE
ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND HORN
DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
AlC “NIT! LEFT HAND SIDE
DRIVER SIDE FASCIA! ADJACENT TO DEFROST “EN7
A/C “NIT ‘TOP
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location I Access
AIR CONDlTlONlNG ISOLATE RELAY BLACK, VIOLET FC24,“IOLET RH FASCIA RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
FASCIATOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SiDE
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE
FASCIA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
LEFT HAND ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,‘A’POSTTRlM
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC2BR
FCSCS
FC4BR
EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET (SINGLE,, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘N POST
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) V
SG Signal Ground Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished
to aid the user in understanding circuit operation.
THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be
expected
at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load
is applied
or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
‘7 Pin Description
AICCM LOAD INHlBlT
AlCCM ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
AiCCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH BEClUES
4-WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE
4-WAY REFRIGERANTSWITCH HIGH PRESSURE
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTI’$ATE
0 EMIS- SERIES ILOW) SPEED FAY ACTIVATE
0 EM13-16 PARALLEL IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
I Pin Description
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS
HEATER VALVE ACTIVE
RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVE
LH ,‘RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAYACTIVATE
LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE
HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE
1 ACZ-7 RHBLOWERSPEEDFEEDBACK
0 *CT*-8 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SiGNAL
1 AC2-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK
0 At216 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL
0 AC3-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SlGNAL
I ACS-7 LOAD INHIBIT
0 AC4-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST
1 Awl, REFRIGERANTCWAY PRESSURE SWlTCH
Active
GROUND
B+
BA
GROUND 0 20 BAR ,290 PSli
GROUND @ 12 BAR 1174 PSI,
GROUND B-
GROUND
B-
GROUND B7
Active
Br iON,
E+
0”
0”
0”
B+
0”
0”
7.6” = LOW SPEED
1.3 V = LOW SPEED
7 5” = LOW SPEED
1.3” = LOW SPEED
Inactive
B7
GROUND
GROVNO
Inactive
0”
0”
B,
B+
B-
0”
B+
B-
0.83” = HIGH SPEED
0 ” = HIGH SPEED
0.83” = HIGH SPEED
0 ” = HIGH SPEED
0”
B+
0”
BT ,O”T OF ACTIVE RANGE)
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
BLOWER MOTOR - LH
BLOWER MOTOR - RH
ENGlNE CONTROL MODULE
PI%, I~WAY SUMlTOMO 090 A-TYPE, BLACK
AC, ,26-WAY MULTILOCK 471 GREY
AU, 16.WAY MULTILOCK 47! GREY
AC3,12~WAY MULTILOCK 47; GREY
AC4 1 SWAY MULTILOCK 47 : GREY
&X,15-WAY S”MlTOM0 090 HYBRlD ! GREEN
AC6, IS-WAY SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID i GREEN
EM?0 2%WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,A,C COMPRESSOR
A/C “NIT, RIGHT HAND SIDE
A/C “NIT, LEFT HAND SIDE
A/C “NIT, RIGHT HAND SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT I CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, ! 16.WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREY
EM12, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 0401 GREY
EM13 34.WAY MULTILOCK 040: GREY
EM14,72-WAY MULTILOCK 47 {WHITE
EM15 :22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
FUSE BOX - ENGlNE COMPARTMENT LF5,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX i NATURAL
LF6, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX! BLACK
LF7, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
LFB / IO-WAY UT A. FUSEBOX, BLUE
LF70, EYELET
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! LEFT FRONT
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO , ?&WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BTll / IO~WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
BT12, IO-WAY U T.A FUSEBOX, GREEN
BT13, ,O~WAY U TA. FUSEBOX! BLUE
BT64, EYELET
HEATED BACKLIGHT
HEATER PUMP
HEATERVALVE
MlRROR DRIVER
MIRROR-PASSENGER
RADlATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE
RADIATOR FAN - LH
RADlATOR FAN - RH
REFRIGERANT4~WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
WlNDSHlELD HEATER - LH
WINDSHIELD HEATER - RH
RH17;L”CAIR RIGHTANGLE
EM41 /Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC / BLACK
EM43,2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, WHITE
DD8, ,l~WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLUE
DPB, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE
LF9, &WAY TRW, BLACK
LF13, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK
LF12, &WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK
LF57, &WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
EM49, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, GREY
EM48, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 18X, GREY
BACKLIGHT, RIGHT HAND SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SIDE
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR
ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF RADIATOR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY- LH
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - RH
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY 1#21
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)
WlNOSHlELD HEATER RELAY- LH
WiNDSHlELD HEATER RELAY RH
BROWN BUS LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
BLACK, BLUE ACZO, BLUE DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL RELAYS
BLACK, BLUE *cm, BLUE DRiVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS
BLACK/BLUE FC28, BLUE LH FASCIA RELAYS
BROWN BUS TRUNK RELAYS
BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS
BROWN EM44, BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
BROWN EM45, BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
?&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
20.WA’, MULTILOCK 070, GREY
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
d-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
23~WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
23.WAY AMP FORD, BLACK
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
IB-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW
1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC / WHlTE
13WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
57.WAY SUMlTOMO, BLACK
X-WAY M”LTILOCK 070 l WHlTE
Location / Access
FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MO”NT,NG BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE
TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DRl”ER SlDE ‘N POST MO”NT,NG BRACKET, ‘R POST TRlM
PASSENGER SIDE ‘R POST,‘A’ POSTTRIM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENITO RiGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAN0 ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MO”NTlNG BRACKET,‘A’ POSTTRIM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D
0 output Serial and encoded communications
C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
SG Signal Ground MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data Page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NoTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF.
Ground Location / Type
EMlAR EYELET iPAl!% - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMlBL EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMIBS EYELET ISINGLE), ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMZAR EYELET (P,+,R) RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2BL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM?BS EYELET (SINGLE), ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FCZAL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘X POST
FIXAL EYELET (PAIRI - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘X POST
LF2AL EYELET (PA,R) LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LFZAR EYELET (PAIR) RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LF?BL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
RH2S
EYELET (SINGLE), LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS. HARNESSES. GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
Description
GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER
SUPPLY
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK WLITTERY POWER SUPPLY
ADAPTl”E DAMPING WARNlNG
TRIP CYCLE
‘NB’TRIP SELECT
‘ML,KM’ SELECT
SW NErwORK
SW NETWORK
cm NEWORK
CAN NETWORK
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUNO
lLL”MlNATlON SUPPLY
MINOR
lNSTRUMENT
PACK
ILL”M,NAT,ON SUPPLY
GROUND REFERENCE
‘CLEAR’ SELECT
‘000’ SELECT
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
BATTERY CHARGE WARNING
OIL PRESSVRE WARNING
ENGINE SPEED
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED -AJCCM
“EHiCLE SPEED-PAS
VEHICLE SPEED-ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
BAnERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSlTlON FEEDBACK
BATTERYVOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSlTlON FEEDBACK
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT
BA”ERY”OLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FEEDBACK
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSlTlON FEEDBACK
AIR BAG MIL
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT
LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING
VEHICLE SPEED
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CHARGE WARNING
LOW COOLANT WARNING
Active
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
2 - 1600 HZ
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND iMOMENTARY
15-1500 HZ
15-1500Hr
C3”
<3”=<3PSI
22 HZ Q 10 MPH ,16 KWH,; 44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ B+
22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,; 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI Q B+
22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM,Hl: 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ B+
5” ,MlDPOlNTj
5” IMIDPOINT~
5” = 0 PSI; 3 3 ” = NORMAL IMIDPOINT,
37-5”iPULSEl
3 7 5 ” (PULSE1
Bt = EMPTY
GROUND
5 v = 0 PSI, 3.3” = NORMAL iMlDt=OlNTi
GROUND iON
3.7 - 6 ” (PULSE)
3.7 - 5 v ,PULSEi
>3v=>3w
22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI: 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KWH, e Br
GROUND
B+
GROUND
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK
v Pin Description Active
I FCE~E
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK ,LLUMlNAT,ON SUPPLY B+
/ x79-9 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 37-5”iPULSEi
I FC79-10 Oil PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3 7 - 6 ” ,PULSEi
I FC79-1, CHARGE WARNING <3”
I FC79-12 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5” iMlDPOlNTi
1 FC79~13 EATERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSlTlDN FEEDBACK 5 v ,MIDPOINT,
I FCX-14 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 37-SVIPULSE,
I FC79-15 BAmERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 5” (PULSE)
I FC79-16 GROUND GROUND
I FC79-17 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
/ FC79-18 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING GROUND ,<3 PSI)
I FC79-19 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSiTION FEEDBACK 5 v = 0 PSI; 3.3 v = NORMAL IMIDPOINT
I FC79~20 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSlTlON FEEDBACK 5 v = 0 PS1: 3.3 v = NORMAL iMlDPOlNTi
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
B-
B-
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM55 j 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BROWN ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I COOLANT RESERVOIR
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR BT7 ! LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE TRUNK!FUELTANK
BTB / LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25! 4%WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
FC26: 24.WAY AMP PCS SIGNAL, BLACK
MlNOR lNSTRUMENT PACK
FC79 20.WAY MULTILOCK 040 ,’ BLACK FASCIA
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PI40 ,‘1-WAY ECONOSEAL ECJZ, BLACK ENGINE BLOCK: RlGHT HAND SIDE
TR,P COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FCZ, / 10.WAY AMP MOL: BLACK FASCIA; DRIVER SIDE
TRlP CYCLE SWITCH ,COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10.WAY MULT,LOCK 070 I YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
WWAY MULTfiOCK 070 /WHITE
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
16-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
57~WAY SUMlTOMO, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
TRUNK /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT ‘ADJACENTTO R,GHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
EMlBR
EM2BR
FC2BR
FCBBL
FC4BR
EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘N POST
EYELET (PAIR) LEFT HAND LEG, TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET IP*IR) - RIGHT waD LEG I LEFT HAND ‘R POST
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
t-
O”=FULL
GROUND
B+
Bt
B+
GROUND
Bt
Inactive
B+
Bi
GROUND
B+
B-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description Active
IGNITION SWITCHEO GROUND SUPPLY
IGNITION SWiTCHED GROUND SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC)
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER OUTPUT
AUDIBLE WARNING SPE*KER OUTPUT
SCP NEWORK
SC? NETWORK
B*nERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
*UDIO OUTPUT
BUD,0 OUTPUT
2- ,600 Hz
2 - ,600 Hi
67
Inactive
GROUND
B*
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input
0 output
SG Signal Ground
D Serial and encoded communications
C CAN (Network)
S SCP Network
B+ Battery voltage
V Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
AVDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGE*Rl SC,, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,VMTE STEERING COLUMN, RIGHT HAND SIDE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC141704~WAY AMP EEEC; GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA: *IRBAG BRACKEl
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be
expected
at the control module connector
pins
with all circuit connections made and all
COmPOnentS
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is
applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is
OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description Active
RH FRONT SIDE LAMP BULB SUPPLY
LH FRONT D1 BULB SUPPLY
RH FRONT 0, BULB SUPPLY
HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM REOUEST
IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
SIDE LAMP REOUEST
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE, STATUS LED
LH SlDE D, REPWTER SUPPLY (ROW ONLY)
RH SIDE Di REPEATER SUPPLY (ROW ONLY,
HEADLAMP FLASH REQUEST
FRONT FOG LAMP SWlTCH
IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY
DIPPED BEAM REOUEST
MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTlVATE
LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
LH SIDE MARKER SUPPLY iNAS ONLY,
HAZARD LAMP REOUEST
RH DI REQUEST
DIP BEAM RELAY ACTI”*TE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY iLOG,C)
RH SIDE DI REPEATER SUPPLY ,ROW ONLY:
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
LH DI REOUEST
HAZARD STATUS lNDlCATOR
E+
B+ (PULSED)
B+ (PULSED)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND ILIGHTS ON /LED ONi
B+
B+
GROUND iMOMENT*RYi
GROUND IMOMENTARY,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+ iLIGHT ON,
B+ ,LIGHT ONi
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROUND iLIGHTS ONI
BT
E*
E- (LIGHTS ON)
*- 1600 HZ
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND
B+ IPULSED)
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
v Pin Description Active
S FC25-19 SW NETWORK *- ,600 HZ
s Fc*5-*0 SCP NETWORK *- ,600 Hi
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Ei
E-
E-
GROUND
GROUND
E-
B-
E-
I37
GROUND
GROUND
B+
E-
B+
ET
E,
GROUND
E-
GROUND
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component Connector /Type / Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK
FRONT FOG LAMP - LH
FRONT FOG LAMP - RH
FRONT LAMP “NIT- LH
FRONT LAMP UNIT RH
FC14,104~WAY AMP EEEC,GREY
FC55 I *O-WAY FORD ICC: BLACK
LF32 /Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METRl530, BLACK
LF22, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METRl 630 ‘BLACK
LFBi : 6~W*-Y ECONOSEAL 111 LC ‘BLACK
LFZ, , S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK
PASSENGER SIDE FASCIAIAIRBFIG BRACKET
CENTER CONSOLE
FRONT BUMPER /WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL
FRONT BUMPER, WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL
LEFT HAND HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
RiGHT HAND HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5! 10.WAY U TA FUSEBOX! NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! LEFT FRONT
LF6 I 10.WAY U T A FUSEBOX i BL*CK
LF7, IO-WAY U.T.A FUSEBOX II GREEN
LFB! 10.WAY U T A FUSEBOX BLUE
LF701 EYELET
L,GHTlNG STALK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR, SC2 1 ,D~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 ;48-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL BLACK FASCIA
FC26 ‘24.WAY AMP PCE SIGNAL, BLACK
SlDE DI REPEATER - LH (ROW
s,DE Di REPEATER - RH iROW
FRONT SIDE M*RKER LH iNAS ONLY,
FRONT SIDE MARKER - RH ,NAS ONLY1
LFS 12.W*Y AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
EL51 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
LF, 1 i Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
LFlO Z-WAY AMP JUNiOR POWER TIMER i BLACK
SEHINDWHEELARCH LlNER
BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BEHlND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
RELAYS
Relay
DIP BEAM RELAY i#51
FRONT FOG RELAY 1821
MAlN BEAM RELAY (X3)
Color / Stripe
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
Connector I Color
BUS
BUS
BUS
Location / Access
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
G~WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
13~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET! ‘A’ POST TRIM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EMIAR
EMlAR
FC?BR
FCBBL
FCBBR
FC4BR
LFIAL
LF2BR
EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET IPAIR) RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET iPAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET (PAIR1 -LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
EYELET ,PAlRi RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7 Pin Description
FC14-12 REAR FOG LAMP REOUEST
I FCi4-15
IGNITION
SWlTCHEc
GROUND
SUPPLY
I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP REWEST
FC14-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY
! FC14-42 DIPPED BEAM REclUEST
0 FC14-44 REAR FOG LAMP STATUS LED
0 FC14~50 LH REAR 0, LAMP SUPPLY
I FCICSI RH Dl REOUEST
0 FC14-76 RH REAR DI LAMP SUPPLY
1 FC?$-79 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
I ‘Cl4~BO BATrERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC)
s FC14-84 SCP NETWORK
S
FC1~-BS SW NETWORK
FC14-58 Lt. Dl REOUEST
0 FC14-95 TAIL LAMP RELAY ACT,“ATE
I FC14-104
LIGHTING!
MOTORS BATTERY POWER
SUPPLY
LAMP CONTROL MODULE
0
Description
RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
LH TAIL&SIDE MARKER LAMP SUPPLY
RH TAL & SIDE MARKER LAr”lP SUPPLY
NUMBER PLATE LAMP SVPPLY
LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
RH STOP Lplrvlylp SUPPLY
LH TAiL LAMP SUPPLY
RH TAiL LAMP SUPPLY
SIDE MARKER LAMP SUPPLY
IGNITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY
SECURITY LlGHTlNG ON FEEDBACK
GROUND
Active
GROUND iMOMENTARYi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND iLED ONi
Bi iLIGHT ON1
GROUND
B- iLIGHTS ON,
B-
B-
2 - ,500 HZ
2 - ,600 HZ
GROUND
GROUND ,LlGHTS ON,
B+
Active
B+
B+
B+
Bs
B-
81
B+
B+
B+
B-
BL
B+
GROUND
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
r;l/ Pin Description
S
FC25-19 SCP NETWORK
s FC2520 SCP NETWORK
c FC25-24 CAN NETWORK
c FC25-47 CAN NETWORK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin Description
0
BT‘V-5 REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY
I BT40-6 BArnEN POWER SUPPLY
0
8740-7 REAR
FOG
LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE
S
BT40-8 SW NETWORK
1 BT40~13 GROUND
I BT40-14
GROUND
s BT40-16 SCP NETWORK
Active
B+
B+
GROUND
2-1600HZ
GROUND
GROUND
2 - 1600 Hz
/ 8141.1 SECURITY LIGHTING ON FEEDBACK B+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
B-
B-
B-
GROUND
B-
GROUND
B-
B+
B+
B+
E+
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
Inactive
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROVNC
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,,WWAYAMP EEEC,
GREY PASSENGER
SlDE
FASCIAiNRBAG
BRACKET
BRAKE SWlTCH AC24 i &-WAY MULTILOCX 010, WHlTE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC55 120.WAY FORD IDC, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTiO 1 ,O~WAY V.T.A. FVSEBOX, NATURAL TR”NK!ELECTR,CAL CARRIER
BT,, 110.WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK
BTi2 ,,o-WAY ” T A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
BT,3,,0-WAY “.TA. FUSEBOX, BLVE
BTU 1 EYELET
HlGH MOUNT STOP LAMP ICON”., BLB i 2.W?AY MULTILOCK 070 i WHlTE TRUNK, UNDERSlDE OF LID
HlGH MOUNT STOP LAMP ICOUPE) RHB, Z-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK, REARWARD OF SUB WOOFER SPEAKER
LAMP CONTROL MODULE BT,B /X-WAY AMP MOS /YELLOW TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRIER
LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEARI SCZ, 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 II YELLOW STEERlNG COLUMN
MAJOR iNSTR”MENT PACK FC25,48-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL: BLACK F*sCIA
FC26,24-WAY AMP PCB SlGNAL, BLACK
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- LH BLa;Z~WAYAMPJ”N,ORPOWERTlMERiBLACK TRUNK LID, LINER
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- RH BLS,P-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTIMER,BLACK TRUNK LID, LINER
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40,,S-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRlER
BT41 ,2B-WAY FORD IDC 1 BLACK
RHX / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
REAR SIDE MARKER - LH iNAS ONLY, BT27, P~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER 1 BLACK TRUNK, LEFT HAND SIDE
REAR SIDE MARKER - RH ,NAS ONLY, BTX, Z-WAY AMP JUNlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
TNL LAMP UNIT- LH BT3, I’-WAY AMP JUNIOR TlMER, BLACK TRUNK, LEFT HAND SIDE
TAIL LAMP “NIT - RH BTX I ,-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER I BLACK TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector I Color Location / Access
REAR FOG RELAY fttli BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
STOP LAMP RELAY ,#5) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
TAIL LAMP RELAY it431 BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC13 X-WA, MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET/ RIGHT HAND SIDE
BB, S~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW TR”NK,ABO”E RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BLI a-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BTI 20.WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK,ABO”E RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
812 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TRUNKIABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
RH2 ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH12 18.WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BTlAR EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BA”ERY
BTZAR EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG ,TR”NK, RlGHT REAR
BTBS EYELET (SINGLE, ITRUNK, LEFT REAR
FCIBL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. RIGHT HAND SIDE
FCSBL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE
FCBBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
RHIS EYELET (SINGLE), RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector
pins
with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER
TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR - LH
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR - RH
LEVELiNG SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
LF34,J~WAY REINSHAGEN i BLACK
LF24.‘3~WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK
FC55 ,ZO-WAY FORD ICC, BLACK
Location / Access
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY! REAR
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY, REAR
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LF60
Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET ,“A’ POST TRIM
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FCZBR EYELET iPAIR, -RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE
LFlAL EYELET (PAIR) LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LFZBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin Description
I DDlO~l
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DDIO-8 LOGIC GROUND
S DDIO-9 SCP NEYWORK
0 DD,O-14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY
S DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK
I 0010-17 POWER GROUND
/ DDlM DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REOUES,
1 DC,,-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
I DDl,-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin Description
I DPIO-,
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
/ DP,O-8 LOGlC GROUND
S CPlO 9 SW NETWORK
0 DPlO-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY
s DPlO-16 SCP NETWORK
I CP10~17 POWER GROUND
1 DPil20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7 Pin Description
lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
FOOTWELL I INTERIOR LAMP SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
lGNlTlON GROUND SUPPLY
KEY IN IGNlTlON
INTERIOR LAMP FADE 2 OUTPUT
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY ILOGIC)
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
TRUNK, GLOVE BOX /VANITY LAMP POWER SUPPLY
LIGHTING/MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
Active
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 wz
B+
2 1600 Hz
GROUND
Inactive
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+ IMOMENTARY) GROUND
B- fMOMENWRYI GROUUD
GROUhD (DOOR OPEN) 87
Active
B-
GROUND
*- 1600 HZ
B- iLIGHT ON)
2 - 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN,
Active
GROUND
Bi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (KEY IN)
B+ FADES TO D “)
B+
2 1500 tir
2 - 1800 Hi
Bi
B-i
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
B-
B+
GROUND
B+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DIODE iBT29) -TRUNK SWITCH
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER
FC14! 104~WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
BT29, DIODE
DC,0 I) 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
CD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKET
TRUNK,, ADJACENT TO BATFERY
DRl”ER DOOR, DOOR CASiNG
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER CPlO: *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER! BLUE
DP,, IDWAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
PASSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES - DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH -PASSENGER
FOOTWELL LAMP - LH
FOOTWELL LAMP- RH
GLOVE BOX LAMP
DD3, IS-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC, BLACK
DD3,lSWAY ECONOSEAL /II LC i BLACK
CP3 i 13.WAY ECONOSEAL \\I LC I BLACK
X31, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER i BLACK
FC32!2-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTlMERiBLACK
FC33, V&A, LUCAR STRAIGHT
FC34. I-WAY LUCAR STRAIGHT
DRl”ER DOOR, DOOR CASING
DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
PASSENGER DOOR I DOOR CASlNG
LEFT HAND FOOTWELL
RIGHT HAND FOODVELL
GLOVE BOX
IGNiTlON SWITCH IKEY~IN SWITCH,
PUDDLE LAMP- DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP- PASSENGER DOOR
REAR lNTERlOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY1
ROOF CONSOLE
TRUNK LAIMP LH
TRUNK LAMP - RH
TRUNK SWITCH
“ANIl? LAMP - LH
VANITY LAMP- RH
FCS, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
DDI4, Z-WAY AMP JVNIOR POWER TIMER I BLACK
DP14i2~WAYAMPJ”NlOR POWERT,MER!BLACK
RH3 :2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER /WHITE
RFiO, &WA,’ MULTILOCK 070, GREY
BT56,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERT,MER,WHITE
BT59, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER : WHITE
BT46 i ?-WAY AUGAT 1.6 i BLACK
RF8,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW
RF,, 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
STEERING COLUMN
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR
REAR CENTER OF HEAD LlNlNG
INTERIOR ROOF
TRUNK, LEFT HAND SIDE
TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SDE
TRUNK
SUN VISOR
SUN VISOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
X-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
18~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DRIVER SIDE ‘X POST MOUNTlNG BRACKET,‘A’ POST TRIM
PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST,‘A’ POSTTRIM
RIGHT HAND ‘fl POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘K POST TRIM
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
EYELET IPAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG /ADJACENT TO BATTERY
EYELET (PAIRI LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘!4’ POST
EYELET (PAIRI - RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A.’ POST
EYELET ,PAlRi - LEFT HAND LEG, RlGHT HAND ‘K POST
EYELET (PAIR) RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET IPAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG ,TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET iPAIR - RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET ,PAlR, - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET iSiNGLE,, RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER
TO
THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DIMMER MODULE
7 Pin Description
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY
SIDE LAMPS ON REQUEST
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY
GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY
GROUND SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
Active
B+ (LIGHTS ON)
B+ iLIGHTS ONi
GROUND
GROUND
13V=DIM,4V=BR,GHT
GROUND
B- iLIGHTS ONi
B- (LIGHTS ON,
GROUND
B-
B-
4v
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
k?A
0"
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL FC43 I 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FCSS i *&WAY FORD IDC I BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
ClGAR LIGHTER PC42 I Z~WAY AMP, BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
FC59 1 LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH FC62 / 1o-‘“v*Y AMP MOL: BLACK Fomv.4RD 0F Gm* SELECTOR
CRUISE CONTROL ON, OFF WATCH FC63 : l0~WA.Y AMP MOL I NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
DIMMER CONTROL iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC17 SWAY MULTlLOCK 070iWHlTE STEERING COLUMN COWL
DIMMER MODVLE FC23 II 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND FASCIA FUSE BOX
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMiNATlON MODULE FC88 / IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 ! lO~WAY MULTlLOCK 070i YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 .‘48-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL ‘BLACK FASCIA
Fczs: 24.WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL ‘BLACK
MlNOR INSTRUMENT PACK FCE ‘2O~WAY MVLTILOCK 040 I BLACK FASCIA
MODE SWITCH ITRAVSMISSIONI FC35 ’ 10.WAY AMP Mm: BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
RADIO IClO I ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK DRIVER DOOR DD17 I2O~WAY M”LTlLOCK 040: BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DDS, ?&WAY AMP MU, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER DOOR DP,,! BYWAY MVLTlLOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
TRIP COMPUTER SWlTCH PACK FCZ7,10-WAY NvlP MOL i BLACK FASCIA i DRIVER SIDE
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWlTCH Rx,, IO-WAY AMP MOL, NATURAL FASCl.4, DRIVER SIDE
VALET SWITCH FC67,lO~WAY AMP MOL, BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC15
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET! RIGHT HAND SlDE
DD1 23 WAY AMP FORD I BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTlNG BRACKET,‘A’ POST TRlM
DP, ZS-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SIDE’A’POSTI’A POSTTRlM
ICI *O-WAY MVLTILOCK 070, YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
SC3 12~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CE2 EYELET iS,NGLEi /ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL
FCZAL EYELET iPAIR -LEFT HAND LEG, RiGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC?BL EYELET iPAIR - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘N POST
FCZBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FCOBL EYELET ,PAlRi LEFT HAND LEG, TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FCSBR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SlDE
FC4AL EYELET iPAIR -LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BL EYELET (PAIRI - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D
0 output Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage
SG Signal Ground C CAN (Network)
S V Voltage (DC)
SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; ” Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
>J Pin Description
0 FC16~2 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE
I FC16~4 VEHICLE SPEED
0 FC16-5 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE
FC16-6 IGNlTiON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
I FC16-8 GROUND
Active
2 V 0 IDLE DECREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED
l3a @ 10 MPH iIS KWHI = 20 HZ. 20 MPH 132 KWH, = 40 HI
9” @ IDLE INCREASlNG WITH VEHICLE SPEED
B-
0”
Inactive
0”
0”
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network
B+ Battery voltage
V Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
POWER ASSlSTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER - LHD
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER - RHD
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
FCIG,O-WAYRISTS RELAY,BLACKAND RED
LL2,2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TiMER, BLACK
EM18 /I-WAY AMP J”NlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
Location / Access
FASCIA, AD.,ACENT TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX
STEERING RACK, CONTROL VALVE
STEERING RACK! CONTROL VALVE
EMZ
LL1
GROUNDS
Ground
II-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW
Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
Location / Type
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTD RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT:ADJACENTTO STARTER MOTOR
FC28R
EYELET iPA\Ri - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘N POST
FC4BR EYELET iPAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
COmPOnentS
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is
applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a
switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin Description
I FCI4.11
AUTO TlLT REOUEST
1 FCi415 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
I FC14-25 COLUMN MOTOR GROUND SUPPLY
I FC14-32 IGNiTlDN SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
0 FC14.40 COLUMN MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLT*GE
I FC14.41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY
0 FC14-52 COLUMN RE*CH MOTOR SUPPLY
I FC14-58 NOT IN-PARK
I FC14-66 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTlOMETER FEEDBACK
I FC14-67 KEY IN IGNITION
0 FC14-78 COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY ILOGIC)
5 FC14-84 SCP NETWORK
s FC14-85 SW NETWORK
I FC14-87 COLUMN MOVEMENT REQUEST
0 FC14-90 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
0 FC14~91 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
I FC14-93 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
0 FC14-99 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY
0 FC14-100 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SVPPLY
I FC14-I02 COLUMN MOVEMENT MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
5v
GROUND
B+
GROUND (R.N.W.32
0 5 ” fO”T,: 4” (IN,
GROUND ,KEY IN,
B-
B.
2 - ,600 Hz
*- 1500 HZ
UP = 10 1 V. DOWN = 12.1 V. RETRACT = 8.5 “, EXTEND c 6.8”
GROUND
GROVND
“P=4”,DDWN=O.S”
B+
B-
B,
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
c7 Pin Description Active
I DD,O-l
BdTTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
I DDIO-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S DDIO-9 SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hr
s DD,O-16 SCP NEWORK 2 1600 Hz
I DDIO-I7 POWER GROUND GROUND
0 DD11~2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON)
I DDII-6 MEMORY SET REQUEST B+
1 DD11~20 DRIVER DOOR SWTCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN1
I DDI,-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST B+ IMOMENT*RYI
1 cm,,-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST B+ ~MOMENTARYI
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B- (PARKI
B-
GROUND
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
AVTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9,8 WAY GROTE *ND H*RTMAN MDK: BLACK STEERlNG COLUMN, LEFT H*ND SIDE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC,4,,04-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA, AIRBAG BRACKET
COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWlTCHGEARi SC9 /g-WAY GROTE AND HARTM*N MDKi BLACK STEERING COLUMN, LEFT HAND SIDE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DD,0;22~WAYFORD28T,MER,BLUE DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
DDll 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER I BLACK
DOOR SWITCH DRIVER DD3 ’ l3WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
,GN,T,ON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWTCH, FC4! I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE STEERING COLVMN
NOT~IN-P*IRK MlCROSWlTCH RX, I S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 ‘WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS FC60: S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070: WHITE STEERING COLUMN
FC6, .‘SWAY MULTlLOCK 070: YELLOW
SWITCH PACK- DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
DDS i 10.WAY AMP MOL ‘BLACK
Location I Access
DRIVER DOOR
AC14
DD1
SC2
SC3
II-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i GREY
23WAY AMP FORD, BLACK
10.WAY MULTILOCK OF,! YELLOW
1Z~WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
F*SC,A BO”OM CONNECTOR MOVNTING BRACKET.RlGHT HAND SIDE
DR,“ER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRKKET, ‘N POST TRIM
ADJXENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FCPAR
EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC?BR EYELET IP*IRl- RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘4’ POST
FCBBL EYELET (PAlR, -LEFT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FCBBR EYELET (PAl.8, RlGHT H*ND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4AR EYELET IPAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR, RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘4’ POST
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be
expe&ed at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections ma& and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is
applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
‘7 Pin Description
I FC14-15 IGNlTlON SW,TCHED GROUND SUPPLY
FC14-32 IGNlTlON WATCHED GROUND SUPPLY
I FC1441 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY
I FC14-58 NOT~IWPARK
I FC14~80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY iLOGIC,
s FC14-84 SCP NETWORK
s FC,$-85 SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Description Active
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL 1 HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HOW0NTA.L MOVEMENT MOTOR
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMEYT MOTOR
LOGIC GROUND
SW NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTlOMETER HORIZONTAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK
BT
B+ = LEFT: DOWN, GROUND = RIGHT, UP
BA = RlGHT
B-=UP
GROUND
2 1600 Hz
2- 1600 HZ
GROUND
B-
,“=LEFT;B”=RIGHT
I”=DOWN.B”=UP
MIRROR SELECT
SEAT MEMORY STAT”?, LED
RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REOUEST
MEMORY SET REOUEST
RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REOUEST
LH HORiZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST
LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST
MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST
B+ = UP, RIGHT
GROUND ,LED DN)
B+ = DOWN
Bi
Br = LEFT
B+ = LEFT
Bi = DOWN
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)
B+ iMOMENTARYi
B+ ~MOMENTARY~
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
V Pin Description
s FC25-19
SCP NETWORK
s X25-20 SW NETWORK
c FC25~24 CAN NETWORK
c FC25-47 CAN NETWORK
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description
1 DP,O-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 DPIO-z PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL, HORlZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON
PASSENGER DOOR MlRROR HORlZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SW NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER
COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
PASSENGER DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER
HORE’ONTAL POSiTlON FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
PASSENGER DOOR MiRROR POTENTIOMETER
VERTICAL POSlTiON FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND ~R.N.D.4.3.21
B-
2 - 1500 HZ
2 - 1600 wz
Active
Active
Br
B+ = LEFT,
DOWN
BC = RIGHT
Bi = UP
GROUND
2 - 1600 H3
2- 1600 Hi
GROUND
B+
1 ” = LEFT. 8” = RIGHT
1”=DOWN;B”=“P
inactive
GROUND
B+ (PARK,
B+
Inactive
BT
GROUND = LEFT
GROUND = DOWN
GROUND
GROUND
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODVLE PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS-PASSENGER
DOOR SWITCH -DRIVER
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
PARROR JOYSTlCK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
SWTCH PACK- DRl”ER DOOR MEMORY
Connector I Type I Color
FC,4,104-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DPtO! 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLUE
DP, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER! BLACK
DDBr’ll~WAY MULTlLOCK040,BL”E
DPB! 1%WAY MULTliOCK 040, BLUE
DD3: 13WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK
FC25,48~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL: BLACK
FC26 i 24~w*Y AMP PCB SIGNAL I BLACK
DD,,! X-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
FC87 /3-‘&N MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
DD5 : IO-WAY AMP MCIL! BLACK
PACKI
Location / Access
PASSENGER SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG BRACKET
DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
PASSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR
DRIVER DOOR i DOOR CASING
FASClA
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
DRl”ER DOOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
X-WAY AMP FORD, BLACK
23.WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
FASClA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET: RIGHT HAND SIDE
DR,“ER SIDE ‘R POST MOUNTING BRACKET/‘*’ POST TRIM
PASSENGER SiDE ‘A’ POST, ‘A’ POST TRlM
GROUND = DOWN, LEFT
B-
GROUND = UP
GROUND = RIGHT
GROUND= RiGHT
GROUND = UP
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
FC2AR EYELET (PAIRI - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘4’ POST
FCBAS EYELET iSlNGLEi/ TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FCBBR EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4AR EYELET ,PA,R, - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
Inactive
B+
GROUND = RIGHT, UP
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC] MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY
1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7 Pin Description
IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
SIDE LAMP REOUEST
DIPPED BEAM REQUEST
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY ILOGIC)
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B-
2-,600Hi
2 - 1600 HZ
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
J Pin Description
I DDIO-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
I DD10~8 LOGIC GROUND
S DD1*~9 SCP NETWORK
S DDlO-16 SCP NETWORK
I DDll 15 DOOR MIRROR POWER FOLD BACK REOUEST
Active
B-
GROUND
*-1600Hi
*- ,500 HZ
B-
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
;i Pin Description Active
0
SD3~4
I SDS2
I SD5-5
S SD59
S Sk-10
DOOR MIRROR FOLD BACK ACTIVATE
POWER GROUND
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
GROUND
GROUND
B,
2 - ,600 Hz
2 ,500 Hi
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
v Pin Description Active
S FCZI-79 SW NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
s FC25-20 SCP bIErwORK 2 - ,600 HZ
c FC25-24 CAN NETWORK 15 1500 Hz
C FCZ5-47 CAN NETWORK ,5 - ,500 HZ
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
0
SW4
I SP52
I SPS-5
s SP59
S SE-10
DOOR MIRROR FOLD OUTACTlVATE
POWER GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
GROUND
GROUND
B+
*-1600H2
2 - ,600 tlr
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description Active
REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
GROUND
GROUND
SCP NETWORK
B,
B+
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
2 - ,600 HZ
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
Inactive
B,
GROUND
GROUNC
Inactive
BA
GROUND
BT
Inactive
Inactive
BA
GROUND
BA
Inactive
GROUND
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRi”ER
DOOR MIRROR - DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR PASSENGER
,NTERlOR REAR VIEW MIRROR
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR,
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
M,RROR JOY STICK ,DRl”ER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
SEAT CONTROL MODULE DRlVER
Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FC,4il04-WAYAMP EEECiGREY
DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD,, 22~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER/BLACK
DD8 II ll-WAY MVLTILOCK 040! BLUE
oP8: 1%WAY MULTlLOCK 040! BLUE
RF*, 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
SC2 IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 ‘YELLOW
FC25 : 48~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL I BLACK
FC26, 24.WA,‘ AMP PCB SIGNAL BLACK
DD,, 20.WAY MULTILOCK 040 i BLACK
PASSENGER SlDE FASCIA /AIRBAG BRACKET
DRlVER DOOR, DOOR CASlNG
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR
W,NDSHlELD, FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE
STEERING COLUMN
FASCIA
DR,“ER DOOR SWlTCH PACK
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SD3 IG~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER 1 BLACK
SD4 II 26~WAY FORD IDC t BLACK
SDS 1 IO~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER! BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER SP3: 16.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SP5, IO-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER I BLACK
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEC”Rl7-V AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE 8740 I 16.WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER : BLACK TRUNK i ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT41 ! 26.WAY FORD IDC ! BLACK
RH20, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
AC13
AC14
AC16
BTl
DD1
DP1
RF,
RH12
RH2
SD1
SP1
Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
14.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY
&WAY MULTlLOCK070,YELLOW
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
23~WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
23.WAY AMP FORD, BLACK
,&WAY MVLTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW
l&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
Z&WAY MULTlLOCK 0701 WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK O?O,YELLOW
BYWAY MULTlLOCK070,YELLOW
FAX,,% BOTTOM CONNECTOR MD”NTlNG BRACKET ! RlGHT HAND SlDE
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET! RIGHT HAND SIDE
LEFT HAND ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, ‘A’ POST TRIM
TRUNK/ABOVE RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DRIVER SlDE ‘K POST MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘X POST TRIM
PASSENGER SlDE ‘N POST,‘A’ POSTTRIM
RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET!‘A’POSTTRlM
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BTIAR
FC2AR
FC381
FCSBR
FC‘IAR
FCSL
FE’S
FCGL
FCBS
EYELET (PAIRI -RIGHT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BATTERY
EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET iPA,R, - LEFT HAND LEG iTRANSMISSiON TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘& POST
EYELET (PAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND SEAT
EYELET iSlNGLEi/ RIGHT HAND SEAT
EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND SEAT
EYELET (SINGLEI, LEFT HAND SEAT
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent
values
for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
CDmPOnBntS
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin Description
0 BT69-1 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTl”E DAMPiNG MI1
0 BT69-3 ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
D 3T69-10 SERIAL COMMUNlcATlONS
I BT69~11
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
0 BTS9-13 LH REAR DAMPER BA1TERY POWER SUPPLY
0 8769-14 RH FRONT DAMPER BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
0 mm1 5 RH REAR DAMPER BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
I BTW23 GRCJUND
I BTW20 FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK
BT69-21 FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK
BT69-22 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK
I 3-m-24 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
0 BT.53~25 ACCELEROMETER COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY
I BT69-26 BRAKE SWlTCH
3x9-27 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
D BT69 28 SERIAL COMM”NlCATlONS
0 8T69-30 LH FRONT DAMPER BAmERY POWER SUPPLY
0 BTW31 LH FRONT DAMPER
0 BTW32 LH REAR DAMPER
0 BT69-33 RH FRONT DAMPER
0 BTW34 RH REAR DAMPER
Active
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
Bi
.BT
BT
GROUND
23%27”=HARD
2.3 - 2.7 ” = HARD
2.3 2.7 ” = HARD
COMPONENTS
Component
ACCELEROMETER-FRONT LA\TERAL
ACCELEROMETER-REAR VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER-FRONT VERTICAL
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
BRAKE SWITCH
DAMPER SOLENOID - LH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID- LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOlD - RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID RH REAR
Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
ENGINECOMPARTMENT,AD~ACE~~TO ECM
TRUNK, BELOW FUEL TANK
CENTER CONSOLE, BEHIND ICE HEAD UNIT
TRUNKiADJACENTTO ELECTRlCALCARRlER
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
TOP OF LEFT HAND FRONT DAMPER
TOP OF LEFT HAND REAR DAMPER
TOP OF RIGHT HAND FRONT DAMPER
TOP OF RIGHT HAND REAR DAMPER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SlDE
TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
TR”NK,SELOWFUELTANK
TRUNK, BELOW FUEL TANK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOVNTING BRACKET, ‘A’ POST TRIM
LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘A’ POSTTRlM
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, LEFT HAND SIDE
REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground
BT23L
Location / Type
EYELET IPAIR) LEFT HAND LEG /TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7 Pin Description
I FC14~15
IGNITION
WATCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
0 FC14-17
MD RH iRHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE LED
1 FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUNDSUPPLY
I FC14-35 LHD RH ,RHD LH, SEAT HEATER REQUEST
I FC14-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY
0 FC14-69 LHDLHSEATHEATERSWTUSLEDIRHD=RHI
I FC14-80 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY ILOGIC)
s FC14~84 SCP NETWORK
s FC14-85 SCP YETWORK
FC14-86 LHD LH (RHO RH, SEAT HEATER REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin Description
DD,O-l
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
1 DD1w3 LOGK GROUND
s DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK
s DD,O-16 SCP NETVKJRK
1 DD10~17 POWER GROUND
0 DD11~2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED
I DD,,-6 MEMORY SET REQUEST
1 DDll-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST
I 0011~22 kmmw 2 RECALL REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin
0
SD3~1
0 SE-2
0 SF-3
0 SLY-5
0 SDS6
0 SK-7
0 SDS8
1 SK-9
I SD310
I SD3-II
/ SIX-12
I SD3~13
I 5x3-14
I 503-15
I SD316
0 ma-1
0 SD42
0 SD&5
0 504~6
, SDI-lo
1 SLwll
I SD4-72
0 SO4-14
0 SD4-18
I SD5-1
( SD52
0 SD5-3
0 SE-4
I SDS5
I SD5-8
S SD59
S SD5-lo
Description Active
DRIVER SEATSQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY- FORWARD B+
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SVPPLY- REAR Bi
DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR B+
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID B+
DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY Br
DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+
DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ iMOMENTARY
DRIVER SEATAFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B- iMOMENTARY,
DwER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE LOWER REOVEST B+ (MOMENTARY,
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST B+ iMOMENTARY,
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST B- iMOMENTARY
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY)
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST B+ iMOMENTARY
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST BA iMOMENTARY,
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
DRiVER SEAT FORE/AFT MOVEMENT POTENTlOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE
DillVER SEAT RAlSE i LOWER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER POTENTlOMETER FEEDBACK
DRIVER SEATSQVAB POT FEEDBACK
DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER POTENTlOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
DRIVER SEAT FORE l AFT MOVEMENT POTENTlOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
SV=“P:4V=DOWN
10 V = FORWARD, 2 V = REAR
GROUND
B+
DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTlFlCATlON
POWER GROUND
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRl”ER SEAT RAISE! LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
GROUND iDRlVER,
GROUND
B+
B+
BA
B+ IFASTENED,
2- ,500 Hz
2 - ,600 HZ
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
v Pin Description
S FCZ5-19 SCP NETWORK
s FC25-20 SW NETWORK
C FC25-24 CAN NETWORK
C FC25-47 CAN NETWORK
Active
GROUND
GROUND ,LED ON,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B,
2.1f,00Hr
2-1900Hz
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
Active
GROUND ,LED ONi
B-
B+ ,MOMENTARY
B+ IMOMENTARY
Active
Inactive
B-
GROUND
B-
B-
B-
B-
inactive
B*
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODVLE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER
FC14: 104.WAY AMP EEEC, GHEY PASSENGER SIDE FASClA I AIRBAG BRACKET
DDlO! 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLUE DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
DDI 1 : 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
MAJOR ,NSTRUMENT PACK
SEAT BELT SWITCH
SEAT CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER
SEAT CUSHlON ,HEATERl DRIVER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE
SEATLUMBARPUMP-DRl”ER
SEAT MOTORS DRl”ER
SQUAB (HEATER) - DRIVER
SWITCH PACK-DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWlTCH PACK DRIVER SEAT
SWITCH PACK)
FC25 ‘48~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL I BLACK
FCZB:24~WAYAMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
SD20 :P-WAY MVLTILOCK 040: BLACK
SD3 i 16.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SCM: 2B~WAV FORD IDC i BLACK
SD5 / 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER i BLACK
SD19 3~WAY MULTILOCK 070 ‘YELLOW
FC55! 20.WAY FORD IDC i BLACK
SD14’3-WAYM”LTlLOCK070. YELLOW
SD7 ! G~WAY MULTILOCK 070 WHlTE
SDB, G~WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD9, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SD17 ‘&WAY MULTILOCK 070 I_ GREY
DD5, ,&WAY AMP MOL I BLACK
SD,, ‘,G~wAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT CVSHION
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT BACK
BELOW SEAT CUSHlON
SEAT SOUAB
DRi”ER DOOR
DRIVER SEAT
GROUND
B,
GROUND
GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
X-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i YELLOW
FASCIA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
DRIVER SIDE ‘K POST MOUNTING BRACKET,‘A’ POSTTRIM
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
Inactive
GROUND
GRO”ND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B-
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
B+
GROVND
Inactive
GROUNDS
Ground
FC2AR
FCSBR
FC4AR
FCSL
FC5R
FCBL
FCGR
Location I Type
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, RlGHT HAND ‘X POST
EYELET IPAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET IPAIR -RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘X POST
EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, RlGHT HAND SEAT
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND SEAT
EYELET IPAIR, -LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND SEAT
EYELET IPAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND SEAT
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network
Hz
Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
/ Pin Description Active
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
LHD RH (RHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE LED GROUND iLED ON)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
LHD RH iRHD LH, SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND
LHDLHSEATHEATERSTATUSLEDIRHD=RHD=RH, GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC, B+
SW NEWQRK 2-1600Hz
SCP XEWORK 2s1600H2
LHD LH !RHD RH, SEAT HEATER REOUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY,
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
Pin
SK-1
SD32
503-3
SK-5
SD36
SD3-7
503-B
SD39
St%10
SK-1 1
SD312
SD3-13
503-14
503.15
SD3-16
SD5-1
SD5-2
SD5-3
SD5-4
St55
SE-8
SD5-9
SD5~10
Description
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY-FORWARD
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY-REAR
DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID
DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRlVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEATAFT MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE LOWER RECIUES,
DRlVER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST
DRIVER SEATSQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST
DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION
POWER GROUND
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT RAISE! LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
Active
EL
B-
B+
B+
Bt
B+
B7
B+ iMOMENTAR”i
B* iMOMENTARYi
B, (MOMENTARY,
Bt (MOMENTARY,
B+ (MOMENTARY)
B+ ,MOMENTARY
B+ ,MOMENTARYi
B+ IMOMENTARY,
GROUND iDRIVER
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+ (FASTENED)
2- 1600 Hz
2 - 1600 HZ
Inactive
B?
GROUND
B-
B-
B-
B-
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
SEAT BELT SWITCH
SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRlVER
SEAT CUSHION IHEATERI DRIVER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWTCH PACK1
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-DRIVER
FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECIGREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA.!AIRBAG BRACKET
SD20, ?-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SD3,,9-WAY FORD 2 8 TiMER, BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHlON
SD4,26~WAYFORDIDC:BLACK
SD5,lO~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
SD19 i Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
FC55, X-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SO14 I S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS - DRIVER SD7 II G~WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHlTE BELOW SEAT CUSHlON
SDB, BYWAY MULTILOCK 070 ;WHITE
SD9 / S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW
SQUAB iHEATER) DRl”ER SD,,, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 I GREY SEAT SQUAB
SWTCH PACK DRlVER SEAT SD,, ,B-WAY MULTILOCK MO.‘BLACK DRIVER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
SD1
GROUNDS
Ground
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
Location / Type
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FCBBR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMlSSiQN TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FCSI EYELET iPAlRi -LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND SEAT
FCSR EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND SEAT
FCSL EYELET (PAlR) -LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND SEAT
FCGR EYELET (PAIRI RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND SEAT
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and
811
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
77 Pin Description
I FC14~15
0 FCi4~17
1 FC14-32
I FCl4~35
0 FC14-69
FCIS-90
S FC14-84
S FC14-85
I FC14-86
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
LHD RH iRHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE LED
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
LHD RH IRHD LHI SEAT HEATER REQUEST
LHDLHSEATHEATERSTAT”SLEDIRHD=RH)
BA1TERY POWER SUPPLY iLOGIC)
SCP NETWQRK
SCP NETWORK
LHD LH (RHD RHI SEAT HEATER REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
Pin
SP3-1
SP3-2
SP3~3
SP3-5
SP3-6
SP3-7
SP3-B
SP3-9
SW10
SP3-11
SP3~12
SP3-13
SK-14
SP3-15
SP3-16
SP5-1
SP5-2
SP5~3
SP5-a
SP55
SP5-8
SP5-9
SPi-10
Description Active
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY- FORWARD
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY- REAR
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID
PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY- FORWARD
PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY- REAR
PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEATAFT MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEATCUSHION REAR EDGE LOWER REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE RAlSE REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST
B-
*-
B+
81
B+
B+
B+
B+ ,MOMENTARY,
B+ iMOMENTARY
B+ iMOMENTARY,
Bi IMOMENTARYI
B+ IMOMENTARY)
B- IMOMENTARY)
B* IMOMENTARY)
B+ IMOMENTARY
DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER SEAT RAISE/ LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
NOT USED
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
GROUND (DRIVER)
GROUND
NOT USED
NOT USED
B*
Active
GROUND
GROUND iLED ONi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
Z-iBOOHz
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND (MOMENTARY1
Inactive
B-
GROUND
B-
B-
B-
B-
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND iPASSENGER,
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following
symbols are Used to
represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D
0 output Serial and encoded communications
C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network
Hz
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODVLE
SEAT BELT SWITCH WlRlNG (NOT USED)
SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION ,HEATERi - PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH
SEAT LurdB.6 PUMP-PASSENGER
SEAT MOTORS-PASSENGER
SQUAB (HEATER) PASSENGER
SNITCH PACK-PASSENGER SEAT
Connector I Type I Color
PACK,
FC14,‘104~WAYAMPEEEC!GREY
SPX i 2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
SP3 ’ IS~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER BLACK
SP5, 10.WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER 1) BLACK
SP19 J-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
FC55, ?O~WAY FORD IDC BLACK
SP14 I) BYWAY MULTILOCK 070 II YELLOW
SP7,6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 : WHlTE
SW, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 ‘WHITE
SP9 ‘B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 .‘YELLOW
SP17 BYWAY MULTILOCK 070! GREY
SPll ~~-WAYMULT~LOCK~~~/BLACK
Location / Access
PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA/ AIRBAG BRACKET
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT CUSHION
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT BACK
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT SQUAB
PASSENGER SEA,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
SPI B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 ‘YELLOW
Location / Access
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FCSBR
FCSS
FCSS
EYELET (PA!!+) - RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET (SINGLE,, RIGHT HAND SEAT
EYELET ISINGLE), LEFT HAND SEAT
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
comPonents connected and fitted.
“Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7 Pin Description
I FC14~15
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
0
FC14-17 LHD RH IRHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE LED
t FC14-32 lGNlTlON SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY
FC14-35
LHD RH iRHD LH, SEAT HEATER REQUEST
0 FC14-69 LHDLHSEATHEATERSTATUSLEDIRHI
I FC14-80 BAnERY POWER SUPPLY rkQG,Ci
S FCl4~84 SCP YEWORK
s FC,G-85 SCP NETWORK
FC14-86 LHD LH lRHD RH! SEAT HEATER REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin
/ Description
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY- FORWARD
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY- REAR
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SQLENOlD
PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY- FORWARD
PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY- REAR
PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEATAFT MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST
PASSENGER SEATSQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST
Active Inactive
GROUND
GROUND iLED ONi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
!h
2- 1600 Hz
2s1600HZ
GROUND (MOMENTARY,
*+
GROUND
B+
B+
B*
Active
b
BT
B-
B-
B+
B+
B+
B+ iMOMENTARYl
B- IMOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY,
B+ iMOMENTARY)
B+ fMOMENTARY1
B- iMOMENTARY
SF51
DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTlFlCATiON GROUND iDRl”ERi
I SPS-2 POWER GROUND GROUND
I SP5~5 BATERY POWER SUPPLY B+
SF58 NOT USED
5 SP59 SCP NEDVORK 2 ,600 HZ
s SP5~10 SW NETWORK 2- ,600 HZ
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND iPASSENGER
GROUND
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING ,NOT USED1
SEATCONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER
FC14,10I~WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
SP20, *-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
SP3,16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SP5,10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA IAIRBAG BRACKET
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
BELOW SEAT CVSHION
SEAT CUSHION iHEATER, - PASSENGER SP19 I 3WAY MULTlLOCK 070 i YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT HEATER SWITCH iCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK1 F&55,20-WAY FORD IDC: BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT MOTORS-PASSENGER
SQUAB (HEATER: PASSENGER
SWlTCH PACK- PASSENGER SEAT
SP? , B-WAY MULTTILOCK 070 ! WHlTE
SP8, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE
SP9, S-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /YELLOW
SP17 /B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
SPll I,B-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i BLACK
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT SQUAB
PASSENGER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
SP1 BYWAY MULTILOCK 070;YELLOW
Location / Access
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC3BR
FCSS
FCGS
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET ISINGLE), RlGHT HAND SEAT
EYELET ,SlNGLEi, LEFT HAND SEAT
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The
following
symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE
FRONT
OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
(7 Pin Description
TRUNK LATCH RELEASE REQUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
FUEL FLAP RELEASE REQUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY
VALET SWlTCH
NOT-IN-PARK
KEY IN ,GNlTlON
DOOR LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
EATERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC]
SCP NETWORK
SW NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin Description Active
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
B+
BT
B-
GROUND
*- 1600 HZ
2 1600 Hz
GROUND
Active
GROUND !MOMENTARY,
GROUND
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND iMOMENTARY,
GROUND iR.N.D.4.3.2~
GROUND !KEY IN)
GROUND IPULSE)
B+
2 - 1600 HZ
2-1600Hr
I 0011~4
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY,
I DDll-5 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST *+
1 DDll-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ IMOMENTARY)
I DO?,-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND IDOOR OPEN1
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
0 Pin Description
I DP,O-1 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
0 DP10-5 PASSENGER DOOR LOCKACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
0 DPIO-6 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
I DPIO-8 LOGIC GROUND
S DPIO-9 SCP NETWORK
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK
I DP10-17 POWER GROUND
Active
*+
B+
B+
GROUND
*- 1500 Hz
2 - 1500 HZ
GROUND
EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH
B+
GROUND (DOOR OPEN]
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
D Pin Description
TRUNK RELEASE SOLENO,
FUEL FILLER FLAP SOLENOlD
SCP NETWORK
GROUND
GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
I BT41-5 TRUNK SWITCH
/ BT4,-7 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS
I BT41-19 DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS
Active
*+
B+
2s1600Hi
GROUND
GROUND
B+
2-1600Hr
GROUND
GROUND ,LOCKEDI
GROUND (LOCKED)
I RHZO-1
KEY FOB ANTENNA
I RH20-* KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
B+
GROUND
Inactive
*+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D
0 output Serial and encoded communications
C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DRIVER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR -PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK SWlTCH - PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES - DRIVER
DOOR SWlTCH -DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER
FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID
lGNlTlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWlTCH)
KEY FOB ANTENNA iCON”ERTlBLE,
KEY FOB ANTENNA iCOUPE
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODUL
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWlTCH
TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID
TRUNK SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
Connector I Type / Color
FC14, 104WAYAMPEEEC.‘GREY
DDlo I 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER I BLUE
DD11 ! Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DPlO I 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER: BLUE
DP11 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLACK
OD3 1) 13.WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC : BLACK
OP3! IS~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
DP3 Is-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 iC j BLACK
DD3 I13WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC j BLACK
OP3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK
ICZ4, Z-WAY LABINAL: NATURAL
FC4 ‘*-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
HARD WIRED
RH7 : COWlAL CONNECTOR
FC87! J-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE
ST40 / IS-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BT4i ! Z&WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
RH?O/ COAXIAL CONNECTOR
FC41, ,O~WAY AMP MQL: NATURAL
BT43! Z-WAY LABINAL I BROWN
BT46 i Z-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
FC67,10-WAY AMP MQL, BLACK
Location / Access
PASSENGER SlDE FASCIA!AIRBAG BRACKET
DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASlNG
PASSENGER DOOR! DOOR CASING
DRIVER DOOR I DOOR CASING
PASSENGER DOOR I_ DOOR CASING
PASSENGER DOOR I_ DOOR CASING
DRIVER DOOR i DOOR CASiNG
DRIVER DOOR i DOOR CASING
PASSENGER DOOR I DOOR CASING
TRUNK, FUEL FILL
STEERING COLUMN
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRIER
FASCIA i DRIVER SIDE
TRUNK, LEFT “AND SIDE
TRUNK
DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
DOOR LOCKING RELAY BLACK, VIOLET FCZ, VIOLET RH FASCIA RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
AC13
AC.14
AC15
BT,
BTZ
DD,
DP,
IC4
RH2
20 WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
14.WAY MULTILOCK 0111, GREY
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
*@WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
Z-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, BIGHT HAND SIDE
TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHTHAND REAR WHEELARCH
TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DRIVER SIDE ‘fl POST MOUNTlNG BRACKETI’A’ POSTTRlM
PASSENGER SIDE ‘w POST, ‘A’ POST TRIM
TRUNK, LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE AsSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location J Type
BTlAL
BTlAR
FC2AR
FC2BL
FC2BR
FC3BL
FC3BR
FC4AR
FWBL
FC4BR
RHBS
EYELET iPAIR LEFT HAND LEG /ADJACENT TO BATTERY
EYELET iPAw - RIGHT HAND LEG 1 ADJACENT To BATTERY
EYELET iPAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET iPAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘N POST
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET iPAiR, LEFT HAND IEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET iPAIR - RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘N POST
EYELET iPAiR LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘& POST
EYELET IPAIR -RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET ISINGLE) 1 ROOF. ADJACENTTO BACKLIGHT
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be
expected
at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
Active Inactive
B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Location / Access
PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKE?
ENGINE COMPARTMENT: LEFT FRONT
RELAYS
Relay
WiPER RUN lI STOP RELAY
WlPER FAST/ SLOW RELAY
POWERWASH RELAY 1#4,
Color / Stripe
BLACK
BLACK
BROWN
Connector / Color
LF48 I BLACK
WE: BLACK
BUS
Location / Access
LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
LF3 3%WAYECONOSEAL 111 LC,WHITE
LFI 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY
LF60 IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
Location / Access
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSVRE
LEFT HPLUD X’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET ,‘K POST TRIM
LEFT HAND ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET ,‘K POST TRIM
GROUNDS
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7 Pin Description
S
FClG4 SCP NETWORK
s FC14~85 SCP NHWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Description Active
BeTTERY POWER SUPPLY
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER SWITCH PACK LH WlNDOW DOWY REOUEST
DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR FEEDBACK
DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR FEEDBACK
DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
DRl”ER WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRIVER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW UP REQUEST
DRl”ER SWlTCH PACK RH WINDOW UP REQUEST
B*
B.
GROUND
2-1600HZ
GROUYD h4OMEUTARYI
2”=“P:12”=DOWN
Z”=“P;1Z”=DOWN
B-
B-
2- ,600 HZ
GROUND
GROUND ,MOMENTARYi
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REOVEST
DRIVER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REOVEST
B+ IMOMENTARY)
*+ ,MOMENTAW
B+ (MOMENTARYI
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
v Pin Description
s FCE-19
SCP NETWORK
S FCX-20 SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
0 Pin Description
I DP,O-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 DPIO~, PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SVPPLY
I DP10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S DP,O-9 SCP NETWORK
I DPlO~lO PASSENGER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW DOW,, REOUEST
, DP,O-1, PASSENGER WlNDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR FEEDBACK
I DPlO-12 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR FEEDBACK
0 DP10-13 PASSENGER WINDOW LiFT MOVEMENT SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
0 DP10~15 PASSENGER WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK
, DP10-I7 POWER GROUND
I DP10~18 PASSENGER SWITCH PACK RH WlNDOW VP REQUEST
Active
2 - ,500 HZ
2 - 1600 HZ
Active
BA
B+
GROUND
Z-1BoOHr
B- iMOMENTARY,
2”=“P;12”=DOWN
2”=“P,12”=DOWN
B+
B+
2 - ,600 HZ
GROUND
B+ iMOMENTARYi
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
S BT40-8 SCP NETWORK *- 1600 HZ
s BTU-16 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1500 HI
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component Connector/Type / Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 I104WAYAMP EEEC, GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA, AIRBAG BRACKET
DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DDlO : Pl~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER I BLUE DRIVER DOOR: DOOR CASING
DD, ,,2ZWAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER DPlO, 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER ,’ BLUE PASSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING
DP, 1 2%WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER : BLACK
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES- DRIVER DD3: IS-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC ‘BLACK DRIVER DOOR 1 DOOR CASlNG
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC2S aW,dAYAMP PCB SIGNAL BLACK FASCIA
FCX 24 WAY AMP PCS SlGNAL BLACK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16.WAY FORD 2 BTIMER, BLACK
BT4, 26-W!,” FORD IDC ‘BLACK
RH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRIER
w,NDOW LIFT SWlTCHES - DRIVER DOOR DD17 ?&WAY MULTILOCK 040 BLACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
VANDOW LIFT SWlTCHES PASSENGER DOOR DP17 *o-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK
,PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK,
w,NDOW LIFT - DRIVER DD16 ‘S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
VANDOW LIFT- PASSENGER DP,S e-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC I BLACK DRIVER DOOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
FASClA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET RIGHT HAND SIDE
FASC,A BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET! RIGHT HAND SIDE
LEFT HAND’K POSTCONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET:‘N POSTTRIM
TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DR,“ER S,DE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET!‘K POST TRIM
PASSENGER SIDE ‘N POST,‘A’POSTTRlM
CONVERTlBLE TOP SWiTCH
RlGHT HAND ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET :‘R POST TRIM
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground
FC2AR
FC4AR
Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG i RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET (PA,R, RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘N POST
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage [DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7 Pin Description
CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISE REQUEST
lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
CONVERTIBLE TOP READY TO LATCH
CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED
CONVERTIBLE TOP LOWER REGUEST
REAR OUARTER GLASS DOWN RELAYS ACT,“ATE
BAnERY POWER SUPPLY iLOGiC\
SCP NEnniORK
SCP SETWORK
CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED
REAR OUmTER GLASS UP RELAYS ACTIVATE
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin Description
S
DD,O-9
SCP NETWORK
S DDlO~,S SCP NETWORK
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
;J Pin Description
S FC25-19 SW NETWORK
S FCZS-20 SCP NETWORK
Active
GROUW (MOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND ,CLOSED,
GROUND IMOMENTARY,
GROUND
B+
*-1600HZ
*- ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
Active
*-1600Hr
2 - ,600 HZ
Active
*- 1600 HZ
2 ,600 Hz
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
s DP10.9
SCP NETWORK
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK
c x*5-24 CAN NETWORK
C FCZ5~47 CAN NETWORK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin
0 BT40~3
0 BT40-4
I BT40-6
S BT40-8
0 BT40-9
0 BT40-10
I BT40-13
I BT40-14
s BT016
Description
TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE
LATCH CONTROL VALVE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
MAIN CONTROL VALVE
TOP DOWN RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND
GROUND
SCP NETWORK
Active
B+
B2
B+
2-1600Hr
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
2- ,600 HZ
1 BT41-3 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWlTCH GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B-
GROUND
GROUND
B-
B-
B-
Bt
*7
B-
BL
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
BA
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CONVERTlBLE TOP CLOSED SWITCH
CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH
CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH
CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP
CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISED SWlTCH
CONVERTiBLE TOP READY~TO-LATCH SWITCH
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH
DOOR CONTROL MODULE -DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER
LATCH CONTROL VALVE
MAIN CONTROL VALVE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
QUARTER LIGHT LIFT - LH
OUARTER LIGHT LIFT - RH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
Connector 1 Type 1 Color Location / Access
FCl4,104-WAY AMP EEEC I GREY
RF4 I S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
RHE , SWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
RF4 i B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 1 WHiTE
BT15 I ?-WAY AMP: NATURAL
RH2Bi3~WAY MULTILOCK 070 !WH,TE
RF4,6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
FCSZ, ,O~WAY AMP MOL (I BLACK
PASSENGER SlDE FASClA! AlRBAG BRACKET
TOP OF WiNDSHiELD
RIGHT HAND OPERATING CYLINDER
TOP OF WINDSHIELD
TRUNK II RlGHT HAND SIDE
RIGHT HAND OPERATING CYLINDER
TOP OF WINDSHIELD
FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
DDIO / 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER ,‘BL”E
DD1 I ! 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER I/ BLACK
DP10,22-WAYFORD28TiMER/BLUE
DP11 II 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLACK
BT53 : P-WAY D & RI BLUE
BT54 I2~WAY D & R, ORANGE
FC25 148.WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FC26 ! 24.WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL i BLACK
RH33,2-WAYECONOSEAL,IIHC,BLACK
RH34 !2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
BT40 I16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT41, Z-WAY FORD IDC , BLACK
RHZO, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
PASSENGER DOOR /DOOR CASING
TRUNK/CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP
TRUNK, CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP
FASCIA
REAR OUARTER PANEL
REAR QUARTER PANEL
TRUNK/ELECTRICAL CARRIER
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location 1 Access
QUARTER DOWN RELAY LH
QUARTER DOWN RELAY - RH
OUARTER UP RELAY- LH
OUARTER UP RELAY- RH
TOP UP RELAY
TOP DOWN RELAY
BLACK (VIOLET1 BT74, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS
BLACK ,“iOLETl BT76, “lOLET TRUNK RELAYS
BLACK (“lOLET, BT74, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS
BLACK (VIOLET1 BT76, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS
BLACK BT16, BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
BLACK BT17, BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
AC14
BT,
BT3
DDI
DPI
RF,
RH2
RHS
RH6
RH12
Type I Color
14.WAY MULTiiOCK 070, GREY
2OWb.Y MULTLOCK 070, WHlTE
1%WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
23WAY P.MP - FORD, BLACK
23-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
11.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
20-WAY MULTKOCK 070 /WHITE
3-wAY
MuLmoc~
070 /WHITE
S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
11.WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /YELLOW
Location I Access
FASCIA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
TRUNK, ABOVE RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
TRUNKIABOVE RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTlNG BRACKET, ‘A’ POST TRIM
PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POSTI’N POSTTRIM
RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET/,X POST TRiM
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BEHIND LEFT HAND QUARTER TRlM PANEL
BEHIND RIGHT HAND QUARTER TRlM PANEL
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground
BTIAL
BTlAR
BT, BL
BTIBR
BTZBL
FCBBR
RHIS
Location I Type
EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BAnERY
EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BATTERY
EYELET (PAIR) LEFT HAND LEG, ADJACENTTO BATTERY
EYELET ,PAlRi - RiGHT HAND LEG, ADJACENTTO BA,TERY
EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG /TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EYELET (PAIR) RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SlDE
EYELET (SINGLE), RIGHT HAND REAR OUARTER
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage
SC Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
v Pin Description Active
c FCE-24 CAN NETWORK 1% 1500 HZ
c FC254.7 CAN NETWORK 15%1500H2
0
FC26-20
VEHICLE SPEED 22 HI Q 10 MPH ,16 KM’H,, 44 HZ Q 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ Ei
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Location / Access
TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
TRUNK II RIGHT HANO SIDE
DR,“ER DOOR CASING
PASSENGER DOOR CASING
FASCIA
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
ETlAL EYELET IPAIR, -LEFT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BATTERY
CE2 EYELET iSINGLE,, ABOVE RlGHT HAND SlDE OFTRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL
FCJEL EYELET (PAIR - LEFT HAND LEG, TRANSMiSSlON TVNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished
to aid the user in understanding
circuit
operation.
THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be
expected
at the control module connector
pins
with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
J Pin Description Active
c FC25-24 CAN NETWORK 15-15OOHi
c FC25-$7 CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 Hz
0 FC26~20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116
KMiHJ;
44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM:HI @ ET
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
ANTENNA MOTOR ET,9 , B-WAY YAZAK, c s ” /WHITE TRUNK! RIGHT HAND SIDE
CD AUTO~CHANGER
IC7, CD DATA CONNECTOR TRUNK i RIGHT HAND SIDE
FULL RANGE SPEAKER - DRIVER DOOR DD19 /?-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDKi BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
FULL RANGE SPEAKER- PASSENGER DOOR DP19 /*-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASlNG
MAJOR ,NSTRUMENT PACK FC25, .a*-WAY AMP PC6 SlGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
FC26 i 24.WAY AMP PCE SIGNAL I BLACK
RADIO CASSETrE HEAD UNIT 1C8 / COAXlAL CONNECTOR
ICI0 !2O~WAY MVLTlLOCK 070 ‘WHITE
IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
IC14 i POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR
CENTER CONSOLE
RADIO NUENNA IC12, COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK! RIGHT HAND SIDE
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL1 SW4:3-WAYEPC I SLACK AND WHITE STEERING WHEEL
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR RTZO: IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLb
REAR OVARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKER - DRIVER SIDE RI431 /Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK INTERIOR REAR OUARTER PANEL
REAR OUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKER PASSENGER SiDE RH30 i Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK: BLACK INTERIOR REAR OUARTER PANEL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
AC14
ET1
DD,
DP1
ICI
IC2
RHI
SC3
SW1
SW2
14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
23~WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
14~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
*o-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY
1%WAY M”LTlLDCK070,GREY
12~WA.y MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
6-WAY JST i WHITE
Location / Access
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET: RIGHT HAND SIDE
TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DRIVER SIDE ‘N POST MOUNTING BRACKETj’R POSTTRiM
PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST, ‘A’ POST TRIM
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FCSEL
EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
CE2 EYELET ,S,NGLEI, ABOVE RlGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
BTIAL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG /ADJACENTTO BATTERY
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
v Pin Description Active
C
FC25~24
CAN NETWORK 1551500HZ
C FCZ5-47 CAN NETWORK 1% ,500 HZ
0 FC7.6~20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 HZ @ ,O MPH 116 KMW. 44 Hz Q 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ Bi
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component
ANTENNA MOTOR
CD AVTD~CHANGER
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
MID-BASS SPEAKER - DRl”ER DOOR
MID-BASS SPEAKER PASSENGER DOOR
POWER AMPLIFIER
RADIO CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
RADIO ANTENNA
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL)
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR
REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKER (CONVERTIBLE, - DRIVER SIDE
REAR OUARTER MID~RANGE SPEAKER ICOUPE, - DRi”ER SIDE
REAR WARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKER UJNVERTlBLE, PASSENGER SIDE
REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKER ICOUPE) - PASSENGER SlDE
REAR SVB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLEI - DRIVER SIDE
REAR SUB-WOOFER iCDN”ERTlBLEi - PASSENGER SIDE
REAR SUB-WOOFER iCO”PEi
SOUAWKER (FASCIA1 - DRIVER SIDE
SWAWKER iFASCIA PASSENGER SIDE
TWEETER - DRIVER DOOR
TWEETER - PASSENGER DOOR
Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
BT19 /B-WAY YAZAKI C S.” ,WHITE
IC7 CD DATA CONNECTOR
FC25! 48.WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL i BLACK
FC26 i24-WAY AMP PCB SlGNAL ! BLACK
DD19 Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK ‘BLACK
DP19 12 WAY GRDTE AND HARTMAN MDK’ BLACK
ICI7 / 12~WAY MULTILOCK 070 ‘WHITE
ICI8 1%WAY MULTILOCK 070 ‘WHITE
,ca: COAXIAL CONNECTOR
lCl0, 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 WHITE
ICI3 ‘COAXIAL CONNECTOR
ICI4 z POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR
TRUNK/ RIGHT HAND SIDE
TRUNKi RIGHT HAND SIDE
FASCIA
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR
TRUNK, RlGHT HAND SIDE
CENTER CONSOLE
ICtZ, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
SW4 ‘S~WAY EPC, BLACK AND WHITE
RT20,1 O-WAY MULTILOCK 070 II YELLOW
RHZS K-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY
RH31 ,‘Z~WAY GRDTE AND HARTMAN MDKi BLACK
RH24: 3.WAY MULTlLDCK 070, GREY
RH30 I Z-WAY GRDTE AND HARTMAN MDK i BLACK
RH27, P-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
RHZSIZ~WAY GRDTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
RHZG,Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK: BLACK
RHZ7, Z-WAY GRDTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
EC39 i P-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
FC38! Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070 II GREY
DD18, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLKK
DP18,2-WAY MVLTILOCK 040, BLACK
TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
STEERING WHEEL
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
lNTERlOR REAR WARTER PANEL
,NTERlOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
INTERIOR REAR OUARTER PANEL
,NTER,OR REAR OUARTER P.wEL
,NTERlOR REAR QVARTER PANEL
INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
PARCEL SHELF
FASCIA, DRIVER SIDE
FASCIA, PASSENGER SIDE
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
AC14
BT,
DDI
DP,
IC1
IC2
IC4
RHI
SC3
SW,
SW2
Type / Color
14.WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, GREY
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WWTE
23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
23-W!,” AMP FORD, BLACK
20 WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
14.WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
B-WAY JST, WHiTE
Location I Access
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
TRUNK, ABOVE RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘X POSTTRIM
PASSENGER SIDE ‘N POST,‘A’POSTTTRlM
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
TRUNK i LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
BEHlND GLOVE BOX
RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BTl AL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG /ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BTlCS EYELET (SINGLE1 /ADJACENT TO BATTERY
CE2 EYELET iSINGLE,, ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FCSBL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SlDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
HANDSET RT4 /TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
MICROPHONE RF9 /Z-WAY MVLTlLOCK 040, BLUE ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7, COAXIAL TRUNK II RIGHT HAND SIDE
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT2 /TELEPHONE! PROPRIETARY
RE, TELEPHONE: PROPRIETARY
CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
RF,
18~WAY MULTILOCK 0X7! YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET “A’ POSTTRIM
RT3 TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
RT6 TELEPHONE /PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
RTZO IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
FCZCS
EYELET (SINGLEI, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4CS EYELET ISINGLE,, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIRBAG I SRS CONTROL MODULE
‘;7 Pin Description
I FC29.4
GROUND
0 FC29.5 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK AIRBAG MIL
D FC29.6 SERIAL COMMUNiCATlDN
I FCZ9.7 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
I FCZ9-8 LH IMPACTSENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS
I FC29-9 RH IMPACTSENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS
I FC29-71 LH IMPACT SENSOR STATUS
I FCZ9~12 RH IMPACT SENSOR STATUS
DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY
PASSENGER SIDE AlRBAG GROUND SUPPLY
PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY
FUSED SUPPLY INTERRUPT
DEPLOYMENT BATERY POWER SUPPLY
COMMON AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY
COMMON AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY
CODE RETRIEVAL PULSED OUTPUT
GROUND
Active
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
GROUND
B-
BA
0 v (NO FAULTj
GROUND ,NO FAULT,
GROUND ISHORTED,
GROUND (SHORTED)
GROUND
B*
Bi
BA (SHORTED SAFING SENSOR, OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND iSHORTED IMPACT SENSOR, OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND iSHORTED lMPACTSENSORi OPEN CIRCUIT
B- ,SHORTED SAFlNG SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND (FAULT PRESENT, BT iN0 FAULT,
B, B-
GROUND WORTED IMPACT SENSOR) OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND iSHORTED IMPACT SENSORI OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND IPVLSED, B+
GROUND GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type
I
Color
ARBAG -DRIVER SIDE (STEERING WHEEL)
AiRBAG -PASSENGER SIDE
AIRBAG INTERROGATlON CONNECTOR
NRBAG, SK CONTROL MODULE
IMPACT SENSOR - RH
iMPACT SENSOR LH
SW, 1, S-WAY EPC , BLACK
RX74 i S-WAY EPC i BLACK
FC40 !bWAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
FC29 : 12.WAY FORD CARD 1 BLACK
FC30,12-WAY FORD CARD 1 GREY
LF51 I&WAY FORD CARD, NATURAL
LF50 ‘d-WAY FORD CARD. NATUFtAL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type
I
Color Location / Access
LF2
SW?0
B-WAY FORD CARD I BLACK
Z-WAY EPC BLACK
LEFT HAND ‘!4 POST CONNECTOR MO”NTlNG BRACKET I ‘A’ POST TRlM
INSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
Location I Access
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
LEFT HAND SIDE OF AIRBAG ASSEMBLY
RIGHT HAND’A’POST:‘N POSTTRIM
RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST,‘K POSTTRIM
FRONT UPPER moss MEMBER I FowwARD OF RADIATOR
FRONT UPPER CROSS MEMBER I FORWARD OF RADIATOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FClS
EYELET iSINGLE lTRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent
values
for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND
IDENTlFlCATlON
OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7 Pin Description
I FC14~4 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 FC14-70 HORN RELAYACTIVATE
1 FC14.80
EATERY POWER SUPPLY ,LDGICI
Active
B+
GROUND iHORN SOUNDING,
B+
Inactive
B+
B*
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CIGAR LIGHTER
FASClA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
FC14, IOCWAY AMP EEEC, GREY
FC42,2-WAY AMP, BLACK
FC59, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
FC51 , Z-WAY AMP SERIES 250, BLACK
PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKET
FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
FASCIA/ADJACENT-t0 RIGHT HAND SIDE OF GLOVE BOX
FUSE BOX - ENGINE COMPARTMENT LB, IO-WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRONT
LF6, IO-WAY “.T A FUSEBOX, BLACK
iF7 I 10.WAY U.T A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
LF8, IO-WAY U T A FUSEBOX, BLUE
LF70, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTiO, 10.WAY V T.A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRlER
ST1 t ,10-WAY V T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
ST??, ?&WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
BT13,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
GARAGE DOOR OPENER iROOF CONSOLEi
HORN SWITCHES iSTEERING WHEEL)
HORN - LH
RFll IHYBRIDIWHITE
RF70 , B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
HP,, I-WAY BLADE
HP2, I-WAY BLADE
HP3, EYELET
LFlG,LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
LF17, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
ROOF CONSOLE
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
FRONT BUMPER, REAR
HORN - RH
LF14, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE FRONT BUMPER, REAR
LF15,LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR BT25, X-WAY AMP SERlES 250 PIN, BLACK TRUNK, ADiACENT TO BATTERY
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector I Color Location / Access
HORN RELAY (#%?I
BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY i#61 BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
I-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
?O-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
II-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
2-WAY ECONDSEAL II/ HC, BLACK
1%WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
12.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY
I2-WAY bl”LTlLOCK 040, BLACK
e-WAY JST , WHlTE
TRVNK /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
LEFT HAND’A’PDST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET,%’ POSTTRiM
RIGHT HAND ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKETI’A’ POSTTRlM
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLVMN MOTOR
RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
INSIDE STEERING CDLVMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERWiG WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground
BTZBR
FCZBL
FC28R
FCBBL
FC3BR
FUEL
FClBR
LFIAL
LFZBR
Location / Type
EYELET ,PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, TRUNK, RlGHT REAR
EYELET IPAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘4’ POST
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND IEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET iPAIR - LEFT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SiDE
EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SlDE
EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET (PAIR, -RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
EYELET (PAIR1 - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+I
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be
expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit
connections made and all
Components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is
applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. COMPONENTS
Component
ABS /TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODVLE
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG I SRS CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSEWGER
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMlNATlON MODULE
KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE
MAJOR lNSTRUMENT PACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE -DRIVER
SEAT CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE AJ’X N/A
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJX SC
Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
LF37 : 2I~WAY AMP HYBR,D! SLACK
BT69 : 35WAY AMP, BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT I FRONT LEFT
TRUNK/ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER
A,C UNIT, RIGHT HAND SlDE
AC1 , ZS-WAY MULTILOCK 47 1 GREY
AC*, 16.WAY MVLTlLOCK 47 i GREY
AC3 ’ 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AC4 ‘*z-WAY MULTlLOCK 47 : GREY
FCZS / 12~WAY FORD CARD / BLACK
FC30 12.WAY FORD CARD ‘GREY
FC14 1WWAY AMP EEEC I GREY
FC53 ’ 1B-WAY AMP OBD2 / BLACK
DDlO / 22~WAY FORD 2 ITIMER; BLUE
DD11 : 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER BLACK
DPlO i 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE
DPI 1 / 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
EMlO I ZB-WAY MVLTILOCK 040, GREY
EMll !1B-WAYM”LTILOCKOnO,GREY
EM12, Z-WAY M”LTlLOCK040iGREY
EM13:34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM14!12-WAYM”LTlLOCK47:WH,TE
EM75! 22~WAY MULTlLOCK 47 , WHlTE
FCBB I ,&WAY MULTlLOCK 070iWHlTE
FC22;20-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREEN
FC25,48-WAY AMP PC8 SIGNAL, BLACK
FCZB I WWAY m4P PCB SlGNAL, BLACK
SD3,16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SD4,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SD5 / IO-WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER, BLACK
SP3i1.5WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SP5,10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT40,16-WAYFORD 2 BT,MER,BLACK
BT41,26~WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
RH20, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
EM,, %-WAY BOSCH, BLACK
EM72,14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, BLACK
EM731 1%WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTIMER,BLACK
RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST!‘K POSTTRlM
PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA ‘AIRBAG BRACKET
BELOW DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
PASSENGER DOOR I DOOR CASING
ENGINE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
ADJACENTTO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
FASCIA
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRIER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
AC14
ST,
812
DD,
DPI
EM,
LF40
RH2
RH12
SD1
SP,
Type / Color
14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
ZO~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
23.WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
.X-WAY AMP FORD, BLACK
SO-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE
13.WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
,B~WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070,YELLOW
Location / Access
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SlDE
TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
TRUNK/ABOVE RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL
DRl”ER SIDE ‘I’ POST MOVNTiNG BRACKET, ‘%’ POST TRlM
PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST,‘A’POSTTRlM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RiGHTHAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRl”ER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FCIBL
EYELET IPAIR) -LEFT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent
values
for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the
user
in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY ‘199R
i
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix:
BPM Body Processor Module
DIAG Diagnostics
DDCM Driver Door Control Module
DSCM Driver Seat Control Module
INST Instrument Pack
PDCM Passenger Door Control Module
PSCM Passenger Seat Control Module
R Receive
T Transmit
SLCM Security and Locking Control Module
ii
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Engine Control Module
Transmitted by ECM
Message Useage
CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control
CAN traction control estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
CAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management
CAN engine speed Engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status
CAN cruise status Cruise control system status
CAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on
CAN OBD II clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
CAN engine OBD II MIL MIL control for OBD II DTCs
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on
CAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM
CAN engine fault codes EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
CAN fuel used Derived from injector pulse duration
CAN NWM token ECM Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM From external diagnostics device only
iii
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Engine Control Module
Received by ECM
Message Usage Source
CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle intervention ABS
CAN fast torque reduction ignition Fast stability control response – ignition retard ABS
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cutoff ABS
CAN torque reduction request For shift energy management TCM
CAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torque TCM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes ABS
CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared ABS
CAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN side lamp status Side lamp state for idle speed control INST
CAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed control INST
CAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed control INST
CAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressure INST
CAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank INST
CAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank INST
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on TCM
CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes TCM
CAN left front wheel speed Front left wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Front right wheel speed ABS
CAN left rear wheel speed Rear left wheel speed ABS
CAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM From external diagnostics device only DIAG
iv
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Transmission Control Module
Transmitted by TCM
Message Usage
CAN torque reduction request For shift energy management
CAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torque
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip
CAN kickdown Kickdown status
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning
CAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM
CAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on
CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM To external diagnostics device only
Received by TCM
Message Usage Source
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN ABS status Indicates whether ABS is operating ABS
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN cruise status Cruise control system status ECM
CAN OBD II clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs ECM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN engine OBD II MIL MIL control for OBD II DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on ECM
CAN engine fault codes EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes ECM
CAN left front wheel speed Front left wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Front right wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM From external diagnostics device only DIAG
v
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Instrument Pack
Transmitted by INST
Message Usage
CAN side lamp status Side lamp state for idle speed control
CAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed control
CAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed control
CAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressure
CAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank
CAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – INST To external diagnostics device only
Received by INST
Message Usage Source
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on ECM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM TCM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN engine OBD II MIL MIL control for OBD II DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM ECM
CAN fuel used Derived from injector pulse duration ECM
CAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – INST From external diagnostics device only DIAG
vi
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: ABS / Traction Control Control Module
Transmitted by ABS/TC CM
Message Usage
CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle intervention
CAN fast torque reduction ignition Fast stability control response – ignition retard
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
CAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size
CAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared
CAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
CAN ABS status Indicates whether ABS is operating
CAN left front wheel speed Front left wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed Front right wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed Rear left wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS From external diagnostics device only
Received by ABS/TC CM
Message Usage Source
CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control ECM
CAN traction control estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN OBD II clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs ECM
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes TCM
CAN engine OBD II MIL MIL control for OBD II DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on ECM
CAN engine fault codes EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes ECM
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS From external diagnostics device only DIAG
vii
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Gear Selector Module (listen only)
Received by Gear Selector Module
Message Usage Source
CAN gear position selected Gear selector indicator illumination TCM
CAN gear selection fault TCM
viii
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
Gear
Message ABS TCM ECM INST Selector Diagnostics
CAN torque reduction throttle T.................................. R.................................................................................
CAN fast torque reduction ignition T.................................. R.................................................................................
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder T.................................. R.................................................................................
CAN traction acknowledge R ................................. T .................................................................................
CAN traction control estimated engine torque R ................................. T .................................................................................
CAN torque reduction request ................ T ............... R.................................................................................
CAN transmission overload ................ T............... R.................................................................................
CAN transmission input speed R .............. T............... R.................................................................................
CAN transmission out speed R .............. T ............... R.................................................................................
CAN torque converter slip R .............. T ............... R.................................................................................
CAN kickdown R .............. T ............... R.................................................................................
CAN traction status T............... R............... R............... R..............................................................
CAN vehicle reference speed T.................................. R............... R..............................................................
CAN reference distance traveled T..................................................... R..............................................................
CAN ABS fault codes T.................................. R.................................................................................
CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge T.................................. R.................................................................................
CAN ABS fault code MIL status T.................................. R.................................................................................
CAN ABS malfunction T............... R............... R............... R..............................................................
CAN ABS status T............... R....................................................................................................
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque ................ R............... T .................................................................................
CAN throttle position R .............. R............... T .................................................................................
CAN pedal position R .............. R............... T .................................................................................
CAN torque reduction acknowledge ................ R............... T .................................................................................
CAN engine speed R .............. R............... T ............... R..............................................................
CAN brake pedal pressed R .............. R............... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN cruise status ................ R............... T .................................................................................
CAN park brake status ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
CAN OBD II clear fault codes R .............. R............... T .................................................................................
CAN side lamp status ................................... R............... T ..............................................................
CAN dipped beam status ................................... R............... T ..............................................................
CAN main beam status ................................... R............... T ..............................................................
CAN oil pressure low ................................... R............... T ..............................................................
CAN fuel level raw ................................... R............... T ..............................................................
CAN fuel level damped ................................... R............... T ..............................................................
CAN gear position actual R .............. T ............... R.................................................................................
CAN torque converter status R .............. T ............... R.................................................................................
CAN gear position selected R .............. T ............... R............... R............... R ...........................................
CAN gear selection fault R .............. T ............... R............... R...............R ...........................................
CAN transmission shift map R .............. T ............... R.................................................................................
CAN transmission oil temperature ................ T ............... R............... R..............................................................
CAN transmission malfunction R .............. T............... R............... R..............................................................
CAN TCM PECUS flag ................ T .................................. R..............................................................
CAN TCM fault code MIL status ................ T ............... R.................................................................................
CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge ................ T ............... R.................................................................................
CAN transmission fault codes R .............. T ............... R.................................................................................
CAN engine coolant temperature ................ R............... T ............... R..............................................................
CAN engine OBD II MIL R .............. R............... T ............... R..............................................................
CAN throttle malfunction red R .............. R............... T ............... R..............................................................
CAN throttle malfunction amber R .............. R............... T ............... R..............................................................
CAN ECM fault code MIL status R .............. R............... T .................................................................................
CAN ECM PECUS flag ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
CAN engine fault codes R .............. R............... T .................................................................................
CAN fuel used ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
CAN left front wheel speed T............... R............... R.................................................................................
CAN right front wheel speed T............... R............... R.................................................................................
CAN left rear wheel speed T.................................. R.................................................................................
CAN right rear wheel speed T.................................. R............... R..............................................................
ix
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
Gear
Message ABS TCM ECM INST Selector Diagnostics
CAN NWM token – ECM R .............. R............... T ............... R..............................................................
CAN NWM token – TCM R .............. T ............... R............... R..............................................................
CAN NWM token – INST R .............. R............... R............... T ..............................................................
CAN NWM token – ABS T............... R............... R............... R..............................................................
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM ................................... R............................................................. T ................
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM ................ R................................................................................ T ................
CAN diagnostic data in – INST ...................................................... R.......................................... T ................
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS R .................................................................................................. T ................
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM ................................... T .............................................................R ................
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM ................ T ................................................................................ R ................
CAN diagnostic data out – INST ...................................................... T .......................................... R ................
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS T...................................................................................................R ................
x
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM SLCM
1 Vehicle speed T............... R............... R........................................................................R .....
2 Brake pedal pressed T............... R....................................................................................................
3 SLCM not programmed R .............................................................................................................T .....
4 BPM not programmed R .............. T ....................................................................................................
5 DDCM not programmed R ................................. T .................................................................................
6 DSCM not programmed R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
7 PDCM not programmed R .................................................... T ..............................................................
8 PSCM not programmed R ..........................................................................................T ........................
9 Left hand drive vehicle ................ T ............... R............... R.....................................................R .....
10 Valet mode OFF ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
11 Non-convertible vehicle ................ T...........................................................................................R .....
12 Right hand drive vehicle ................ T............... R............... R.....................................................R .....
13 Valet mode ON ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
14 Convertible vehicle ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
15 Request vehicle drive side ................ R............... T .................................................................................
16 Request valet mode status ................ R........................................................................................... T .....
17 Request convertible status ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
18 Reverse gear selected T............... R............... R............... R............... R ...............R ...............R .....
19 Not-in-park switch – inactive ................ T............... R............... R............... R...............R ........................
20 Not-in-park switch – active ................ T ............... R............... R...............R ...............R ........................
21 Request not-in-park switch status ................ R..................................................... T ...........................................
22 Request not-in-park switch status ................ R........................................................................ T ........................
23–58 Diagnostic messages ........................................................................................................................
59 Charging OK T........................................................................ R ...............R ........................
60 Inertia switch inactive ................ T ............... R............... R.....................................................R .....
61 Inertia switch active ................ T............... R............... R.....................................................R .....
62 Request inertia switch status ................ R............... T .................................................................................
63 Request inertia switch status ................ R.................................. T ..............................................................
64 Ignition status R .............. T............... R............... R............... R ...............R ...............R .....
65 Key not-in-ignition ................ T ............... R............... R.....................................................R .....
66 Key in-ignition ................ T ............... R............... R.....................................................R .....
67 Request ignition status ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
68 Request ignition status T............... R....................................................................................................
69 Request ignition status ................ R............... T .................................................................................
70 Request ignition status ................ R..................................................... T ...........................................
71 Request ignition status ................ R.................................. T ..............................................................
72 Request ignition status ................ R........................................................................ T ........................
73 Request key-in status ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
74 Request key-in status ................ R............... T .................................................................................
75 Request key-in status ................ R..................................................... T ...........................................
76 Request key-in status ................ R.................................. T ..............................................................
77 Seat belt telltale OFF R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
78 Low washer fluid warning OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
79 Convertible top latch warning OFF R .............................................................................................................T .....
80 Seat belt telltale ON R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
81 Low washer fluid warning ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
82 Convertible top latch warning ON R .............................................................................................................T .....
83 Request washer fluid status T............... R....................................................................................................
84 Request convertible top latch status T..............................................................................................................R .....
85 Security audible indication ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
86 Remote panic ................ R............... R............... R.....................................................T .....
87 Security disarm ................ R............... R............... R .....................................................T .....
88 Glass break fault ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
89 Security armed ................ R............... R............... R.....................................................T .....
90 Key valid ................ T...........................................................................................R .....
xi
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM SLCM
91 Glass break detected ................ T...........................................................................................R .....
92 Request security arm status ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
93 Request security arm status ................................... T ........................................................................R .....
94 Request security arm status ...................................................... T .....................................................R .....
95 Seat belt chime OFF ................ R..................................................... T ...........................................
96 Seat belt chime ON ................ R..................................................... T ...........................................
97 Request seat belt chime status ................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
98–165 Diagnostic messages ........................................................................................................................
166 Recall memory 1 ................ R............... T ............... R............... R ...........................................
167 Recall memory 2 ................ R............... T ............... R............... R ...........................................
168 Save memory 1 ................ R............... T ............... R............... R...........................................
169 Save memory 2 ................ R............... T ............... R............... R...........................................
170 DDCM memory 1 recalled ................ R............... T .................................................................................
171 DSCM memory 1 recalled ................ R..................................................... T ...........................................
172 PDCM memory 1 recalled ................ R.................................. T ..............................................................
173 DDCM memory 2 recalled ................ R............... T .................................................................................
174 DSCM memory 2 recalled ................ R..................................................... T ...........................................
175 PDCM memory 2 recalled ................ R.................................. T ..............................................................
176 Park fold-back mirrors ................................... T ..................................R ...............R ........................
177 Unfold fold-back mirrors ................................... T ..................................R ...............R ........................
178 Stop driver mirror ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
179 Stop passenger mirror ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
180 Driver mirror up ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
181 Passenger mirror up ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
182 Driver mirror down ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
183 Passenger mirror down ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
184 Passenger mirror right ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
185 Passenger mirror left ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
186 Unlock driver door ................................... R............... T ..............................................................
187 Unlock passenger door ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
188 Remote unlock ................ R............... R............... R.....................................................T .....
189 Remote trunk release ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
190 Lock front doors ................ R............... T .................................................................................
191 Lock front doors ................ R.................................. T ..............................................................
192 Remote superlock ................................... R............... R.....................................................T .....
193 Superlock driver door ......................................................................... T ...........................................
194 Superlock passenger door ................................... T .................................................................................
195 Remote lock ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
196 Vehicle unlocked ................ R............... T ........................................................................R .....
197 Driver door unlocked ................ R............... R............... R..................................................... T .....
198 Passenger door unlocked ................ R.................................. R ..................................................... T .....
199 Driver lock switch status ................ R............... T ........................................................................R .....
200 Passenger lock switch status ................ R.................................. T .....................................................R .....
201 Driver door unsuperlocked ................ R............... T .................................................................................
202 Passenger door unsuperlocked ................ R.................................. T ..............................................................
203 Vehicle locked ................ R............... T ........................................................................R .....
204 Driver door locked ................ R............... R............... R.....................................................T .....
205 Passenger door locked ................ R............... R............... R..................................................... T .....
206 Driver door superlocked ................ R............... T .................................................................................
207 Passenger door superlocked ................ R.................................. T ..............................................................
208 Request vehicle lock status ................................... R........................................................................T .....
209 Request driver door lock status ................................... T ........................................................................R .....
210 Request passenger door status ...................................................... T .....................................................R .....
211 Request driver key barrel status ................................... R........................................................................ T .....
212 Request driver key barrel status ................................... R............... T ..............................................................
(continued)
xii
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM SLCM
213 Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) ...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
214 Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
215 Request superlock status ................ T ............... R............... R..............................................................
216 Open trunk ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
217 Hood closed R .............. T ...........................................................................................R .....
218 Driver door closed R .............. R............... T ..................................R ..................................R .....
219 Passenger door closed R .............. R..................................................... T ...............R ...............R .....
220 Trunk closed R .............. R........................................................................................... T .....
221 Stop fuel filler flap open ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
222 Convertible top latch status ................ T ....................................................................................................
223 Hood ajar R .............. T ...........................................................................................R .....
224 Driver door ajar R .............. R............... T ..................................R ..................................R .....
225 Passenger door ajar R .............. R.................................. T ..................................R ...............R .....
226 Trunk ajar R .............. R...........................................................................................T .....
227 Open fuel filler flap ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
228 Request hood ajar status ................ R........................................................................................... T .....
229 Request driver door ajar status ................................... R........................................................................T .....
230 Request driver door status ................ T ............... R.................................................................................
231 Request driver door ajar status ................................... R.................................. T ...........................................
232 Request passenger door ajar status ...................................................... R.....................................................T .....
233 Request trunk ajar status ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
234 Request convertible top latch switches status ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
235 Driver seat heater telltale OFF ................ R..................................................... T ...........................................
236 Passenger seat heater telltale OFF ................ R........................................................................ T ........................
237 Driver seat heater telltale ON ................ R..................................................... T ...........................................
238 Passenger seat heater telltale ON ................ R........................................................................ T ........................
239 Request driver heater telltale status ................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
240 Request passenger heater telltale status ................ T........................................................................R ........................
241 Stop global window open ................ R............... R............... R.....................................................T .....
242 Stop global window close ................ R............... R............... R.....................................................T .....
243 Position driver window ................................... R........................................................................T .....
244 Position passenger window ......................................................R .....................................................T .....
245 Position rear quarters ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
246 Driver window position ................................... T ........................................................................R .....
247 Passenger window position ...................................................... T .....................................................R .....
248 Stop passenger window open ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
249 Stop convertible top open ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
250 Stop passenger window close ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
251 Stop convertible top close ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
252 Open passenger window ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
253 Open convertible top ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
254 Close passenger window ................................... T ............... R..............................................................
255 Close convertible top ................ T...........................................................................................R .....
256 Request driver window position ................................... R........................................................................ T .....
257 Request passenger window position ...................................................... R..................................................... T .....
258 Request driver and passenger window switch status ................................... R............... T ..............................................................
259 Driver seat heater switch active ................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
260 Passenger seat heater switch active ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................
261 Front bulb failure R .............. T....................................................................................................
262 Rear bulb failure R .............................................................................................................T .....
263 Front bulbs OK R .............. T ....................................................................................................
264 Rear bulbs OK R .............................................................................................................T .....
265 Request front bulb fail status T............... R....................................................................................................
266 Request rear bulb fail status T..............................................................................................................R .....
267 Rear fog lamps OFF ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
268 Remote headlamp convenience OFF ................ R........................................................................................... T .....
xiii
XK8 Range 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM SLCM
269 Rear fog lamps ON ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
270 Remote headlamp convenience ON ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
271 Dip beam OFF R .............. T....................................................................................................
272 Side lamps OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
273 Hazard warning OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
274 Left DI lamp OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
275 Right DI lamp OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
276 Main beam OFF R .............. T....................................................................................................
277 Rear fog lamps OFF ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
278 Main beam flash OFF ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
279 Request rear fog switch status ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
280 Request remote headlamp convenience status ................ T...........................................................................................R .....
281 Dip beam ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
282 Side lamps ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
283 Hazards ON R .............. T....................................................................................................
284 Left DI lamp ON R .............. T....................................................................................................
285 Right DI lamp ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
286 Main beam ON R .............. T....................................................................................................
287 Rear fog lamps ON ................ R...........................................................................................T .....
288 Main beam flash ON ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
289 Request dip beam status T............... R....................................................................................................
290 Request side lamps status T............... R....................................................................................................
291 Request left DI status T............... R....................................................................................................
292 Request right DI status T............... R....................................................................................................
293 Request main beam status T............... R....................................................................................................
294 Request hazard warning status T............... R....................................................................................................
295 Request rear fog lamps status ................ T ...........................................................................................R .....
296 Interior lamps OFF R .............. T....................................................................................................
297 Interior lamps ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
298 Request interior lighting status T............... R....................................................................................................
299 Valet mode message OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
300 Recoding keying message OFF R .............................................................................................................T .....
301 Valet mode message R .............. T ....................................................................................................
302 Recoding keying message R .............................................................................................................T .....
303–356 Diagnostic messages ........................................................................................................................
357 Wake up (SLCM) ...............................................................................................................T .....
358 Wake up (BPM) ................ T ....................................................................................................
359 Wake up (INST) T.......................................................................................................................
360 Wake up (DDCM) ................................... T .................................................................................
361 Wake up (DSCM) ......................................................................... T ...........................................
362 Wake up (PDCM) ...................................................... T ..............................................................
363 Wake up (PSCM) ............................................................................................ T ........................
364 Network awake (SLCM) R .............. R............... R............... R............... R ...............R ............... T .....
365 Network awake (BPM) R .............. T ............... R............... R............... R ...............R ...............R .....
366 Network awake (INST) T............... R............... R............... R............... R ...............R ...............R .....
367 Network awake (DDCM) R .............. R............... T ............... R...............R ...............R ...............R .....
368 Network awake (DSCM) R .............. R............... R............... R............... T ...............R ...............R .....
369 Network awake (PDCM) R .............. R............... R............... T ...............R ...............R ...............R .....
370 Network awake (PSCM) R .............. R............... R............... R............... R ............... T ...............R .....
371 SLCM entering sleep mode R .............. R............... R............... R............... R ...............R ............... T .....
372 BPM entering sleep mode R .............. T............... R............... R............... R ...............R ...............R .....
373 INST entering sleep mode T............... R............... R............... R............... R ...............R ...............R .....
374 DDCM entering sleep mode R .............. R............... T ............... R ............... R ...............R ...............R .....
375 DSCM entering sleep mode R .............. R............... R............... R............... T ...............R ...............R .....
376 PDCM entering sleep mode R .............. R............... R............... T ...............R ...............R ...............R .....
377 PSCM entering sleep mode R .............. R............... R............... R............... R ............... T ...............R .....

Navigation menu